Sei sulla pagina 1di 366

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SECTION

GI MA EM LC EC

AT

CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS ...............................................................4 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ...............4 Precautions ..................................................................4 Service Notice or Precautions .....................................5 Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis.....................6 PREPARATION ...............................................................7 Special Service Tools ..................................................7 Commercial Service Tools ...........................................9 A/T FLUID ......................................................................11 Checking A/T Fluid ....................................................11 Changing A/T Fluid ....................................................11 OVERALL SYSTEM ......................................................12 A/T Electrical Parts Location .....................................12 Circuit Diagram/With Conventional Throttle Control .......................................................................13 Circuit Diagram/With Electric Throttle Control...........14 Cross-sectional View - Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models .......................................................................15 Cross-sectional View - 3BX00 and 3BX09 models .......................................................................16 Hydraulic Control Circuit............................................17 Shift Mechanism ........................................................18 Control System ..........................................................27 CAN Communication (With Electric Throttle Control) ......................................................................30 Control Mechanism....................................................31 Control Valve .............................................................35 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ...............................................................37 CONSULT-II ...............................................................37 Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II..............44 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION ..................52 Introduction ................................................................52 Work Flow..................................................................56 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION ...........57 A/T Fluid Check .........................................................57 Stall Test ....................................................................57 Line Pressure Test.....................................................61 Road Test...................................................................62 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION ...............................................................81 Symptom Chart..........................................................81 TCM Terminals and Reference Value........................92 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY ..........96 Wiring Diagram - AT - MAIN......................................96 Diagnostic Procedure ................................................98 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR.A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) .....................................................................100 Description ...............................................................100 Wiring Diagram - AT - VSSA/T ................................102 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................103 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR.MTR ................................105 Description ...............................................................105 Wiring Diagram - AT - VSSMTR..............................106 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................108 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR ..........109 Description ...............................................................109 Wiring Diagram - AT - TPS......................................112 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................114 Component Inspection.............................................118 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A.......................................119 Description ...............................................................119 Wiring Diagram - AT - SSV/A ..................................121 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................122 Component Inspection.............................................124 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B ......................................125 Description ...............................................................125 Wiring Diagram - AT - SSV/B ..................................127 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................128 Component Inspection.............................................130 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE...................131 Description ...............................................................131 Wiring Diagram - AT - OVRCSV..............................132 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................133 Component Inspection.............................................135

FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

CONTENTS
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE ..........................................................................136 Description ...............................................................136 Wiring Diagram - AT - TCV......................................138 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................139 Component Inspection.............................................141 BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE) ....142 Description ...............................................................142 Wiring Diagram - AT - BA/FTS ................................144 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................145 Component Inspection.............................................148 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL............................................149 Description ...............................................................149 Wiring Diagram - AT - ENGSS ................................150 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................151 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE .......................153 Description ...............................................................153 Wiring Diagram - AT - LPSV....................................155 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................156 Component Inspection.............................................159 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ....................................160 Description ...............................................................160 Wiring Diagram - AT - CAN .....................................161 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................162 CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM) .....163 Description ...............................................................163 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................163 CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM) ......................................165 Description ...............................................................165 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................166 TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS ...............167 Wiring Diagram - AT - NONDTC .............................167 O/D OFF or A/T CHECK Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On...........................................................172 Engine Cannot Be Started In P and N Position ....................................................................174 In P Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed .........................................176 In N Position, Vehicle Moves................................177 Large Shock. N -> R Position............................179 Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position ....................................................................180 Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position ..............................................................183 Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 .......................186 A/T Does Not Shift: D1 -> D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 -> D2..................................................189 A/T Does Not Shift: D2 -> D3...................................192 A/T Does Not Shift: D3 -> D4...................................195 A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ...............................198 A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ....................200

(Contd)

Lock-up Is Not Released .........................................202 Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 -> D3).....................................................203 Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 .............................205 A/T Does Not Shift: D4 -> D3, When Overdrive Control Switch ON -> OFF ................................206 A/T Does Not Shift: D3 -> 22, When Selector Lever D -> 2 Position.........................................207 A/T Does Not Shift: 22 -> 11, When Selector Lever 2 -> 1 Position .........................................208 Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake ......210 TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate ...................212 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM .........................................227 Description ...............................................................227 Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location............227 Wiring Diagram - SHIFT -........................................228 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................229 KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ..........................................232 Components.............................................................232 Removal...................................................................232 Installation................................................................233 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE ..............................................234 Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators.............234 Control Cable Adjustment........................................235 Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment .....235 Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement ...................236 Revolution Sensor Replacement .............................236 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ...............................237 Removal...................................................................237 Installation................................................................238 OVERHAUL .................................................................240 Components-1 Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models .....................................................................240 Components-1 3BX00 and 3BX09 models .............241 Components-2 Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models .....................................................................242 Components-2 3BX00 and 3BX09 models .............243 Components-3 Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models .....................................................................244 Components-3 3BX00 and 3BX09 models .............245 Oil Channel ..............................................................246 Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings - Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models ..................................................247 Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings - 3BX00 and 3BX09 models .........................................................248 DISASSEMBLY............................................................249 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS .........................264 Manual Shaft............................................................264 Oil Pump ..................................................................267 Control Valve Assembly...........................................271

AT-2

CONTENTS
Control Valve Upper Body .......................................279 Control Valve Lower Body .......................................283 Reverse Clutch ........................................................285 High Clutch ..............................................................289 Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch........................294 Low & Reverse Brake..............................................301 Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub.................................................305 O/Shaft, O/Gear, I/Gear, R/Pinion Gear and B/ Retainer - Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models.........309 Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer - 3BX00 and 3BX09 models .....................................................................314 Band Servo Piston Assembly ..................................319 Final Drive................................................................324 ASSEMBLY..................................................................328 Assembly (1)............................................................328 Adjustment (1) .........................................................329 Assembly (2)............................................................337 Adjustment (2) .........................................................341 Assembly (3)............................................................344 Assembly (4)............................................................347 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .......352 General Specifications.............................................352

(Contd)
GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

Shift Schedule..........................................................352 Stall Revolution........................................................353 Line Pressure...........................................................353 Control Valves..........................................................354 Clutch and Brakes ...................................................354 Clutch and Brake Return Springs............................357 Oil Pump ..................................................................357 Input Shaft ...............................................................358 Planetary Carrier......................................................358 Final Drive................................................................358 Reduction Pinion Gear ............................................360 Output Shaft - Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models ..361 Output Shaft - 3BX00 and 3BX09 models ..............363 Bearing Retainer......................................................364 Total End Play..........................................................364 Reverse Clutch End Play ........................................364 Accumulator .............................................................364 Band Servo ..............................................................365 Removal and Installation .........................................365 Shift Solenoid Valves...............................................365 Solenoid Valves .......................................................365 A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor.................................365 Revolution Sensor ...................................................365 Dropping Resistor ....................................................365

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-3

PRECAUTIONS
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

NJAT0249

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER used along with a seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. The SRS system composition which is available to NISSAN MODEL N16 is as follows: The Supplemental Restraint System consists of driver air bag module (located in the center of the steering wheel), front passenger air bag module (located on the instrument panel on passenger side), front seat belt pre-tensioners, a diagnosis sensor unit, warning lamp, wiring harness and spiral cable. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the RS section of this Service Manual. WARNING: To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance should be performed by an authorized NISSAN dealer. Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the RS section. Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harness connector.

Precautions

NJAT0246

Before connecting or disconnecting the TCM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the TCM. Because battery voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition switch is turned off.

SEF289H

When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from TCM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or break). Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on TCM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.

AAT470A

Before replacing TCM, perform TCM input/output signal inspection and make sure whether TCM functions properly or not. (See page AT-92.)

MEF040DA

AT-4

PRECAUTIONS
Precautions (Contd)

Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transaxle. It is important to prevent the internal parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter. Disassembly should be done in a clean work area. Use lint-free cloth or towels for wiping parts clean. Common shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere with the operation of the transaxle. Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly. All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or reassembly. Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the transaxle is disassembled. It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated. The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme care when parts are removed and serviced. Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper assembly. Care will also prevent springs and small parts from becoming scattered or lost. Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along bores in valve body under their own weight. Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings and seals, or hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not use grease. Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling. After overhaul, refill the transaxle with new ATF. When the A/T drain plug is removed, only some of the fluid is drained. Old A/T fluid will remain in torque converter and ATF cooling system. Always follow the procedures under Changing A/T Fluid in the AT section when changing A/T fluid. Refer to Changing A/T Fluid, AT-11.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA

Service Notice or Precautions


FAIL-SAFE

NJAT0247 NJAT0247S01

SC EL IDX

The TCM has an electronic Fail-Safe (limp home mode). This allows the vehicle to be driven even if a major electrical input/output device circuit is damaged. Under Fail-Safe, the vehicle always runs in third gear, even with a shift lever position of 1, 2 or D. The customer may complain of sluggish or poor acceleration. When the ignition key is turned ON following Fail-Safe operation, O/D OFF or A/T check indicator lamp blinks for about 8 seconds. [SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITHOUT CONSULT-II), refer to AT-44.]

AT-5

PRECAUTIONS
Service Notice or Precautions (Contd)

The blinking of the O/D OFF or A/T check indicator lamp for about 8 seconds will appear only once and be cleared. The customer may resume normal driving conditions. Always follow the WORK FLOW (Refer to AT-56.) The SELF-DIAGNOSIS results will be as follows: The first SELF-DIAGNOSIS will indicate damage to the vehicle speed sensor or the revolution sensor. During the next SELF-DIAGNOSIS, performed after checking the sensor, no damages will be indicated.

TORQUE CONVERTER SERVICE

NJAT0247S02

The torque converter should be replaced under any of the following conditions: External leaks in the hub weld area. Converter hub is scored or damaged. Converter pilot is broken, damaged or fits poorly into crankshaft. Steel particles are found after flushing the cooler and cooler lines. Pump is damaged or steel particles are found in the converter. Vehicle has TCC shudder and/or no TCC apply. Replace only after all hydraulic and electrical diagnoses have been made. (Converter clutch material may be glazed.) Converter is contaminated with engine coolant containing antifreeze. Internal failure of stator roller clutch. Heavy clutch debris due to overheating (blue converter). Steel particles or clutch lining material found in fluid filter or on magnet when no internal parts in unit are worn or damaged indicates that lining material came from converter. The torque converter should not be replaced if: The fluid has an odor, is discolored, and there is no evidence of metal or clutch facing particles. The threads in one or more of the converter bolt holes are damaged. Transaxle failure did not display evidence of damaged or worn internal parts, steel particles or clutch plate lining material in unit and inside the fluid filter. Vehicle has been exposed to high mileage (only). The exception may be where the torque converter clutch dampener plate lining has seen excess wear by vehicles operated in heavy and/or constant traffic, such as taxi, delivery or police use.

Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis


When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following: GI-11, HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS EL-10, POWER SUPPLY ROUTING When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following: GI-32, HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES GI-21, HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT

NJAT0248

AT-6

PREPARATION
Special Service Tools

Special Service Tools


Tool number Tool name ST2505S001 Oil pressure gauge set 1 ST25051001 Oil pressure gauge 2 ST25052000 Hose 3 ST25053000 Joint pipe 4 ST25054000 Adapter 5 ST25055000 Adapter KV31103000 Drift Description Measuring line pressure

NJAT0006

GI MA EM LC EC
Installing differential oil seal (Use with ST35325000.) a: 59 mm (2.32 in) dia. b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.

NT097

FE CL

NT105

ST35325000 Drift

Installing differential oil seal (Use with KV31103000.) a: 215 mm (8.46 in) b: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia. c: M12 x 1.5P

MT

NT417

AX
Removing and installing clutch return spring a: 320 mm (12.60 in) b: 174 mm (6.85 in)

KV31103200 Clutch spring compressor

SU BR ST

NT423

ST23540000 Pin punch

Removing and installing parking rod plate, manual plate and differential pinion mate shaft retaining pins a: 2.3 mm (0.091 in) dia. b: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.
NT442

RS BT HA SC EL

KV32101000 Pin punch

Installing throttle lever and manual shaft retaining pins a: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.

NT410

ST25710000 Pin punch

Aligning groove of manual shaft and hole of transmission case a: 2 mm (0.08 in) dia.

IDX

NT410

AT-7

PREPARATION
Special Service Tools (Contd)
Tool number Tool name ST3306S001 Differential side bearing puller set 1 ST33051001 Puller 2 ST33061000 Adapter Description Removing differential side bearing inner race a: 39 mm (1.54 in) dia. b: 29.5 mm (1.161 in) dia. c: 130 mm (5.12 in) d: 135 mm (5.31 in) e: 120 mm (4.72 in)

NT745

KV381054S0 Puller

Removing idler gear bearing outer race Removing differential side oil seals Removing differential side bearing outer race Removing needle bearing from bearing retainer a: 250 mm (9.84 in) b: 160 mm (6.30 in)

NT414

ST27180001 Puller

Removing idler gear a: 100 mm (3.94 in) b: 110 mm (4.33 in) c: M8 x 1.25P

NT424

ST30031000 Puller

Removing reduction gear bearing inner race a: 90 mm (3.54 in) dia. b: 50 mm (1.97 in) dia.

NT411

ST35272000 Drift

Installing reduction gear bearing inner race Installing idler gear bearing inner race a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia. b: 35.5 mm (1.398 in) dia.

NT426

ST37830000 Drift

Installing idler gear bearing outer race a: 62 mm (2.44 in) dia. b: 39 mm (1.54 in) dia.

NT427

ST35321000 Drift

Installing output shaft bearing a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia. b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia.

NT073

AT-8

PREPARATION
Special Service Tools (Contd)
Tool number Tool name ST30633000 Drift Description

GI
Installing differential side bearing outer race a: 67 mm (2.64 in) dia. b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.

MA EM

NT073

ST35271000 Drift

Installing idler gear a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia. b: 63 mm (2.48 in) dia.

LC EC

NT115

ST33400001 Drift

Installing oil pump housing oil seal a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.

FE CL

NT115

KV38105710 Preload adapter

Measuring clearance between side gear and differential case

MT

NT087

KV40104840 Drift

Installing output shaft bearing outer race onto bearing retainer a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia. b: 42 mm (1.65 in) dia.
NT108

AX SU BR

Commercial Service Tools


Tool name Puller Description

NJAT0007

ST RS BT

Removing idler gear bearing inner race Removing and installing band servo piston snap ring

NT077

HA
Removing idler gear bearing inner race a: 34 mm (1.34 in) dia.

Drift

SC
NT109

Drift

Installing differential left side bearing a: 86 mm (3.39 in) dia. b: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia.

EL IDX

NT115

AT-9

PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools (Contd)
Tool name Drift Description Installing differential right side bearing a: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia. b: 40 mm (1.57 in) dia.

NT115

AT-10

A/T FLUID
Checking A/T Fluid

Checking A/T Fluid


1. 2. 3. a. b. c. d. e. f. Do 4. 5.

NJAT0228

SMA173D

Warm up engine. Check for fluid leakage. Before driving, fluid level can be checked at fluid temperatures of 30 to 50C (86 to 122F) using COLD range on dipstick. Park vehicle on level surface and set parking brake. Start engine and move selector lever through each gear position. Leave selector lever in P position. Check fluid level with engine idling. Remove dipstick and note reading. If level is at low side of either range, and fluid to the charging pipe. Re-insert dipstick into charging pipe as far as it will go. Remove dipstick and note reading. If reading is at low side of range, add fluid to the charging pipe. not overfill. Drive vehicle for approximately 5 minutes in urban areas. Re-check fluid level at fluid temperatures of 50 to 80C (122 to 176F) using HOT range on dipstick.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

6.

Check fluid condition. If fluid is very dark or smells burned, refer to AT section for checking operation of A/T. Flush cooling system after repair of A/T. If A/T fluid contains frictional material (clutches, bands, etc.), replace radiator and flush cooler line using cleaning solvent and compressed air after repair of A/T. Refer to LC-17, Radiator.

AX SU BR

SMA853B

Changing A/T Fluid


1. 2. 3.

NJAT0229

SMA027D

4. 5.

Warm up A/T fluid. Stop engine. Drain A/T fluid from drain plug and refill with new A/T fluid. Always refill same volume with drained fluid. Fluid grade: Genuine NISSAN ATF or equivalent. Refer to RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS, MA-8. Fluid capacity (With torque converter): 7.0 (6-1/8 Imp qt) Drain plug: : 29 - 39 Nm (3.0 - 4.0 kg-m, 22 - 29 ft-lb) Run engine at idle speed for five minutes. Check fluid level and condition. Refer to Checking A/T Fluid. If fluid is still dirty, repeat steps 2 through 5.

ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-11

OVERALL SYSTEM
A/T Electrical Parts Location

A/T Electrical Parts Location

NJAT0008

SAT766K

AT-12

OVERALL SYSTEM
Circuit Diagram/With Conventional Throttle Control

Circuit Diagram/With Conventional Throttle Control

NJAT0009

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

GAT101A

AT-13

OVERALL SYSTEM
Circuit Diagram/With Electric Throttle Control

Circuit Diagram/With Electric Throttle Control

NJAT0355

GAT102A

AT-14

OVERALL SYSTEM
Cross-sectional View Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

Cross-sectional View Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

NJAT0011

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

SAT042K

AT-15

OVERALL SYSTEM
Cross-sectional View 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

Cross-sectional View 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

NJAT0217

SAT842J

AT-16

OVERALL SYSTEM
Hydraulic Control Circuit

Hydraulic Control Circuit

NJAT0012

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX
SAT844J

AT-17

OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism

Shift Mechanism
CONSTRUCTION

NJAT0013 NJAT0013S01

SAT998I

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Torque converter Oil pump Input shaft Brake band Reverse clutch High clutch Front sun gear Front pinion gear

9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

Front internal gear Front planetary carrier Rear sun gear Rear pinion gear Rear internal gear Rear planetary carrier Forward clutch Forward one-way clutch

17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

Overrun clutch Low one-way clutch Low & reverse brake Parking pawl Parking gear Output shaft Idle gear Output gear

FUNCTION OF CLUTCH AND BRAKE


Clutch and brake components 5 Reverse clutch 6 High clutch 15 Forward clutch 17 Overrun clutch 4 Brake band 16 Forward one-way clutch 18 Low one-way clutch 19 Low & reverse brake R/C H/C F/C O/C B/B F/O.C L/O.C L & R/B Abbr. Function To transmit input power to front sun gear 7. To transmit input power to front planetary carrier 10. To connect front planetary carrier 10 with forward one-way clutch 16. To connect front planetary carrier 10 with rear internal gear 13. To lock front sun gear 7.

NJAT0013S03

When forward clutch 15 is engaged, to stop rear internal gear 13 from rotating in opposite direction against engine revolution. To stop front planetary carrier 10 from rotating in opposite direction against engine revolution. To lock front planetary carrier 10.

AT-18

OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Contd)

CLUTCH AND BAND CHART


Reverse Shift position clutch 5 High clutch 6 Forward clutch 15 Overrun clutch 17 Band servo 2nd apply 3rd release 4th apply Forward one-way clutch 16 Low oneway clutch 18 Low & reverse Lock-up brake 19

NJAT0013S04

GI
Remarks

MA
PARK POSITION

P R N 1st 2nd D*4 3rd 4th 1st 2 2nd 3rd 1st 1 2nd 3rd k k k k k C k k k k k k k k k k k k k *2C C k *2C C *1D *1A *1A k *2C *3C C C k B B B B B B k B B B B *1k k B k k

EM LC EC

REVERSE POSITION NEUTRAL POSITION Automatic shift 1k2k3 k4

FE CL

Automatic shift 1k2g3 Locks (held stationary) in 1st speed 1g2g3

MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

*1: Operates when overdrive control switch is set in OFF position. *2: Oil pressure is applied to both 2nd apply side and 3rd release side of band servo piston. However, brake band does not contract because oil pressure area on the release side is greater than that on the apply side. *3: Oil pressure is applied to 4th apply side in condition *2 above, and brake band contracts. *4: A/T will not shift to 4th when overdrive control switch is set in OFF position. k : Operates. A: Operates when throttle opening is less than 3/16, activating engine brake. B: Operates during progressive acceleration. C: Operates but does not affect power transmission. D: Operates when throttle opening is less than 3/16, but does not affect engine brake.

AT-19

OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Contd)

POWER TRANSMISSION N and P Positions


=NJAT0013S02 NJAT0013S0201

N position Power from the input shaft is not transmitted to the output shaft because the clutches do not operate. P position Similar to the N position, the clutches do not operate. The parking pawl engages with the parking gear to mechanically hold the output shaft so that the power train is locked.

SAT991I

AT-20

OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Contd)

11 Position
Forward clutch Forward one-way clutch Overrun clutch Low and reverse brake

=NJAT0013S0202

As overrun clutch engages, rear internal gear is locked by the operation of low and reverse brake. This is different from that of D1 and 21. Overrun clutch always engages, therefore engine brake can be obtained when decelerating.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

Engine brake

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

SAT374JA

AT-21

OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Contd)

D1 and 21 Positions
Forward one-way clutch Forward clutch Low one-way clutch Overrun clutch engagement conditions (Engine brake)

=NJAT0013S0203

Rear internal gear is locked to rotate counterclockwise because of the functioning of these three clutches. D1: Overdrive control switch OFF and throttle opening is less than 3/16 21: Always engaged At D1 and 21 positions, engine brake is not activated due to free turning of low oneway clutch.

SAT377J

AT-22

OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Contd)

D2, 22 and 12 Positions


Forward clutch Forward one-way clutch Brake band Overrun clutch engagement conditions

=NJAT0013S0204

Rear sun gear drives rear planetary carrier and combined front internal gear. Front internal gear now rotates around front sun gear accompanying front planetary carrier. As front planetary carrier transfers the power to rear internal gear through forward clutch and forward one-way clutch, this rotation of rear internal gear increases the speed of rear planetary carrier compared with that of the 1st speed. D2: Overdrive control switch OFF and throttle opening is less than 3/16 22 and 12: Always engaged

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS
SAT378J

BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-23

OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Contd)

D3, 23 and 13 Positions


High clutch Forward clutch Forward one-way clutch Overrun clutch engagement conditions

=NJAT0013S0205

Input power is transmitted to front planetary carrier through high clutch. And front planetary carrier is connected to rear internal gear by operation of forward clutch and forward one-way clutch. This rear internal gear rotation and another input (the rear sun gear) accompany rear planetary carrier to turn at the same speed. D3: Overdrive control switch OFF and throttle opening is less than 3/16 23 and 13: Always engaged

SAT379J

AT-24

OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Contd)

D4 (OD) Position
High clutch Brake band Forward clutch (Does not affect power transmission) Engine brake

=NJAT0013S0206

Input power is transmitted to front carrier through high clutch. This front carrier turns around the sun gear which is fixed by brake band and makes front internal gear (output) turn faster. At D4 position, there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line and engine brake can be obtained when decelerating.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

SAT380J

AT-25

OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Contd)

R Position
Reverse clutch Low and reverse brake

=NJAT0013S0207

Front planetary carrier is stationary because of the operation of low and reverse brake. Input power is transmitted to front sun gear through reverse clutch, which drives front internal gear in the opposite direction. As there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line, engine brake can be obtained when decelerating.

Engine brake

SAT381J

AT-26

OVERALL SYSTEM
Control System

Control System
OUTLINE

=NJAT0014 NJAT0014S01

The automatic transaxle senses vehicle operating conditions through various switches and sensors. It always controls the optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
SWITCHES & SENSORS PNP switch Throttle position sensor*1 Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor*2 Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Engine speed signal A/T fluid temperature sensor Revolution sensor Vehicle speed signal Overdrive control switch (With overdrive control switch) A/T check switch (Without overdrive control switch) Stop lamp switch *1: With conventional throttle control *2: With electric throttle control TCM ACTUATORS

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

Shift control Line pressure control Lock-up control Overrun clutch control Timing control Fail-safe control Self-diagnosis CONSULT-II communication line control Duet-EA control

Shift solenoid valve A Shift solenoid valve B Overrun clutch solenoid valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Line pressure solenoid valve O/D OFF indicator lamp (With overdrive control switch) A/T CHECK indicator lamp (Without overdrive control switch)

CONTROL SYSTEM With Conventional Throttle Control

NJAT0014S02 NJAT0014S0201

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL
SAT276KB

IDX

AT-27

OVERALL SYSTEM
Control System (Contd)

With Electric Throttle Control

NJAT0014S0202

SAT758K

AT-28

OVERALL SYSTEM
Control System (Contd)

TCM FUNCTION
The function of the TCM is to: Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors. Determine required line pressure, shifting point, lock-up operation, and engine brake operation. Send required output signals to the respective solenoids.

=NJAT0014S03

GI MA
NJAT0014S04

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL OF TCM


Sensors, switches and solenoid valves PNP switch Throttle position sensor*1 Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor*2 Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Engine speed signal Input A/T fluid temperature sensor Revolution sensor Vehicle speed signal Overdrive control switch*3 A/T check switch*4 Stop lamp switch Shift solenoid valve A/B Line pressure solenoid valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Overrun clutch solenoid valve O/D OFF indicator lamp*3 A/T check indicator lamp*4 *1: *2: *3: *4: With conventional throttle control With electric throttle control With overdrive control switch Without overdrive control switch Detects transmission fluid temperature and sends a signal to TCM. Detects output shaft rpm and sends a signal to TCM. Function Detects select lever position and sends a signal to TCM. Detects throttle valve position and sends a signal to TCM.

EM LC EC FE CL MT

Detects accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor as throttle position signal and sends a signal from ECM to TCM. Detects throttle valves fully-closed position and sends a signal to TCM. Detects a throttle valve position of greater than 1/2 of full throttle and sends a signal to TCM. From ECM.

Used as an auxiliary vehicle speed signal. Sends a signal when revolution sensor (installed on transmission) malfunctions. Sends a signal, which prohibits a shift to D4 (overdrive) position, to the TCM. Inputs a signal for A/T self-diagnosis. Releases lock-up system when depressing pedal in lock-up condition. Selects shifting point suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent from TCM. Regulates (or decreases) line pressure suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent from TCM. Regulates (or decreases) lock-up pressure suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent from TCM. Controls an engine brake effect suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent from TCM. Shows TCM faults when A/T control components malfunction. Shows TCM faults when A/T control components malfunction.

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

Output

AT-29

OVERALL SYSTEM
CAN Communication (With Electric Throttle Control)

CAN Communication (With Electric Throttle Control)


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

=NJAT0356

NJAT0356S01

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

CAN COMMUNICATION UNIT System Diagram

NJAT0356S02 NJAT0356S0201

SEL684Y

Input/Output Signal Chart


T: Transmit Signals Output shaft revolution signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Engine and A/T integrated control signal R Stop lamp switch signal A/T position indicator signal Overdrive control switch signal*1 A/T check switch signal*2 O/D OFF indicator signal*1 A/T CHECK indicator signal*2 Engine speed signal Engine coolant temperature signal Vehicle speed signal Malfunction indicator lamp signal ASCD SET lamp signal ASCD CRUISE lamp signal ASCD operation signal ASCD OD cancel request signal *1: With overdrive control switch *2: Without overdrive control switch T T R T T T T T R R T R T R R T T T R T T R R R R T R R R ECM R T T T TCM T R R R

NJAT0356S0202

R: Receive

Combination meter

AT-30

OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism

Control Mechanism
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL

NJAT0015 NJAT0015S01

TCM has various line pressure control characteristics to match the driving conditions. An ON-OFF duty signal is sent to the line pressure solenoid valve based on TCM characteristics. Hydraulic pressure on the clutch and brake is electronically controlled through the line pressure solenoid valve to accommodate engine torque. This results in smooth shift operation.

GI MA EM LC

Normal Control

NJAT0015S0101

The line pressure to throttle opening characteristics is set for suitable clutch operation.

EC FE CL

SAT003JC

MT
Back-up Control (Engine brake)
NJAT0015S0102

If the selector lever is shifted to 2 position while driving in D4 (OD) or D3, great driving force is applied to the clutch inside the transmission. Clutch operating pressure (line pressure) must be increased to deal with this driving force.

AX SU BR

SAT004JC

During Shift Change

NJAT0015S0103

The line pressure is temporarily reduced corresponding to a change in engine torque when shifting gears (that is, when the shift solenoid valve is switched for clutch operation) to reduce shifting shock.

ST RS BT HA

SAT005JB

At Low Fluid Temperature

NJAT0015S0104

SC EL IDX

Fluid viscosity and frictional characteristics of the clutch facing change with fluid temperature. Clutch engaging or band-contacting pressure is compensated for, according to fluid temperature, to stabilize shifting quality.

AT-31

OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Contd)

The line pressure is reduced below 60C (140F) to prevent shifting shock due to low viscosity of automatic transmission fluid when temperature is low.

SAT006JB

Line pressure is increased to a maximum irrespective of the throttle opening when fluid temperature drops to 10C (14F). This pressure rise is adopted to prevent a delay in clutch and brake operation due to extreme drop of fluid viscosity at low temperature.

SAT007JB

SHIFT CONTROL

NJAT0015S02

The shift is regulated entirely by electronic control to accommodate vehicle speed and varying engine operations. This is accomplished by electrical signals transmitted by the revolution sensor and throttle position sensor. This results in improved acceleration performance and fuel economy.

Control of Shift Solenoid Valves A and B

NJAT0015S0201

The TCM activates shift solenoid valves A and B according to signals from the throttle position sensor and revolution sensor to select the optimum gear position on the basis of the shift schedule memorized in the TCM. The shift solenoid valve performs simple ON-OFF operation. When set to ON, the drain circuit closes and pilot pressure is applied to the shift valve.

SAT008J

Relation Between Shift Solenoid Valves A and B and Gear Positions NJAT0015S0203
Gear position Shift solenoid valve D1, 21, 11 A B ON (Closed) ON (Closed) D2, 22, 12 OFF (Open) ON (Closed) D3 OFF (Open) OFF (Open) D4 (OD) ON (Closed) OFF (Open) N-P ON (Closed) ON (Closed)

AT-32

OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Contd)

Control of Shift Valves A and B

NJAT0015S0202

GI MA EM LC
SAT009J

Pilot pressure generated by the operation of shift solenoid valves A and B is applied to the end face of shift valves A and B. The drawing above shows the operation of shift valve B. When the shift solenoid valve is ON, pilot pressure applied to the end face of the shift valve overcomes spring force, moving the valve upward.

EC FE CL MT

LOCK-UP CONTROL

NJAT0015S03

The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is locked to eliminate torque converter slip to increase power transmission efficiency. The solenoid valve is controlled by an ON-OFF duty signal sent from the TCM. The signal is converted to an oil pressure signal which controls the torque converter clutch piston.

Conditions for Lock-up Operation

NJAT0015S0301

When vehicle is driven in 3rd or 4th gear position, vehicle speed and throttle opening are detected. If the detected values fall within the lock-up zone memorized in the TCM, lock-up is performed.
Overdrive control switch Selector lever Gear position Vehicle speed sensor Throttle position sensor Closed throttle position switch A/T fluid temperature sensor D4 ON D position D3 OFF

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA

More than set value Less than set opening OFF More than 40C (104F)

Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Control

NJAT0015S0302

SC EL IDX

The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM. The plunger closes the drain circuit during the OFF period, and opens the circuit during the ON period. If the percentage of OFF-time increases in one cycle, the pilot pressure drain time is reduced and pilot pressure remains high. The torque converter clutch piston is designed to slip to adjust the ratio of ON-OFF, thereby reducing lock-up shock.

SAT010J

AT-33

OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Contd)

OFF-time INCREASING " Amount of drain DECREASING " Pilot pressure HIGH " Lock-up RELEASING

SAT011J

Torque Converter Clutch Control Valve OperationNJAT0015S0303

AAT155A

Lock-up released The OFF-duration of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is long, and pilot pressure is high. The pilot pressure pushes the end face of the torque converter clutch control valve in combination with spring force to move the valve to the left. As a result, converter pressure is applied to chamber A (torque converter clutch piston release side). Accordingly, the torque converter clutch piston remains unlocked. Lock-up applied When the OFF-duration of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is short, pilot pressure drains and becomes low. Accordingly, the control valve moves to the right by the pilot pressure of the other circuit and converter pressure. As a result, converter pressure is applied to chamber B, keeping the torque converter clutch piston applied. Also smooth lock-up is provided by transient application and release of the lock-up.

OVERRUN CLUTCH CONTROL (ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL)

NJAT0015S04

Forward one-way clutch is used to reduce shifting shocks in downshifting operations. This clutch transmits engine torque to the wheels. However, drive force from the wheels is not transmitted to the engine because the one-way clutch rotates idle. This means the engine brake is not effective. The overrun clutch operates when the engine brake is needed.

Overrun Clutch Operating Conditions


Selector lever position D position 2 position 1 position Gear position D1, D2, D3 gear position 21, 22 gear position 11, 12 gear position Throttle opening Less than 3/16 At any position

NJAT0015S0401

AT-34

OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Contd)

GI MA EM
SAT014J

LC EC FE CL MT

Overrun Clutch Solenoid Valve Control

NJAT0015S0402

The overrun clutch solenoid valve is operated by an ON-OFF signal transmitted by the TCM to provide overrun clutch control (engine brake control). When this solenoid valve is ON, the pilot pressure drain port closes. When it is OFF, the drain port opens. During the solenoid valve ON pilot pressure is applied to the end face of the overrun clutch control valve.

SAT015J

Overrun Clutch Control Valve Operation

NJAT0015S0403

When the solenoid valve is ON, pilot pressure is applied to the overrun clutch control valve. This pushes up the overrun clutch control valve. The line pressure is then shut off so that the clutch does not engage. When the solenoid valve is OFF, pilot pressure is not generated. At this point, the overrun clutch control valve moves downward by spring force. As a result, overrun clutch operation pressure is provided by the overrun clutch reducing valve. This causes the overrun clutch to engage. In the 2 and 1 positions, the overrun clutch control valve remains pushed down so that the overrun clutch is engaged at all times.

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA

SAT016JC

Control Valve
FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVES
Valve name Pressure regulator valve, plug and sleeve Pressure modifier valve and sleeve Function

NJAT0016 NJAT0016S01

SC EL IDX

Regulates oil discharged from the oil pump to provide optimum line pressure for all driving conditions. Used as a signal supplementary valve to the pressure regulator valve. Regulates pressuremodifier pressure (signal pressure) which controls optimum line pressure for all driving conditions.

AT-35

OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Valve (Contd)
Valve name Pilot valve Accumulator control valve Manual valve Shift valve A Function Regulates line pressure to maintain a constant pilot pressure level which controls lock-up mechanism, overrun clutch, shift timing. Regulates accumulator back-pressure to pressure suited to driving conditions. Directs line pressure to oil circuits corresponding to select positions. Hydraulic pressure drains when the shift lever is in Neutral. Simultaneously switches four oil circuits using output pressure of shift solenoid valve A to meet driving conditions (vehicle speed, throttle opening, etc.). Provides automatic downshifting and up-shifting (1st , 2nd , 3rd , 4th gears/4th , 3rd , 2nd , 1st gears) in combination with shift valve B. Simultaneously switches three oil circuits using output pressure of shift solenoid valve B in relation to driving conditions (vehicle speed, throttle opening, etc.). Provides automatic downshifting and up-shifting (1st , 2nd , 3rd , 4th gears/4th , 3rd , 2nd , 1st gears) in combination with shift valve A. Switches hydraulic circuits to prevent engagement of the overrun clutch simultaneously with application of the brake band in D4. (Interlocking occurs if the overrun clutch engages during D4.) Reduces low & reverse brake pressure to dampen engine-brake shock when down-shifting from the 2 position 22 to 21 and 1 position 12 to 11. Reduces oil pressure directed to the overrun clutch and prevents engine-brake shock. In 1 and 2 positions, line pressure acts on the overrun clutch reducing valve to increase the pressure-regulating point, with resultant engine brake capability. Prevents an excessive rise in torque converter pressure. Activates or inactivates the lock-up function. Also provides smooth lock-up through transient application and release of the lock-up system. Dampens the shock encountered when 2nd gear band servo contracts, and provides smooth shifting. Switches oil pressure with 3-2 timing valve according to throttle opening. Reduces shock when down-shifting from 3rd to 2nd and regulates overrun clutch. Regulates oil pressure which causes lock-up when driving at low speeds.

Shift valve B

Overrun clutch control valve

1st reducing valve Overrun clutch reducing valve

Torque converter relief valve Torque converter clutch control valve, plug and sleeve 1-2 accumulator valve and piston 3-2 timing valve Shuttle control valve Cooler check valve

AT-36

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


CONSULT-II

CONSULT-II

NJAT0022

After performing SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II) (AT-37), place check marks for results on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET, AT-54. Reference pages are provided following the items. NOTICE: 1) The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each solenoid). Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-II display. If the difference is noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical parts using applicable diagnostic procedures. 2) Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Manual may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons: Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance, Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point where shifts are completed. 3) Shift solenoid valve A or B is displayed on CONSULT-II at the start of shifting. Gear position is displayed upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM). 4) Additional CONSULT-II information can be found in the Operation Manual supplied with the CONSULT-II unit.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II) NJAT0022S02
1. Turn on CONSULT-II and touch A/T for TCM self-diagnosis. If A/T is not displayed, check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-92. If result is NG, refer to EL-10, POWER SUPPLY ROUTING.

ST RS BT HA

SAT014K

2.

Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS. Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing operation. CONSULT-II performs REAL TIME DIAG. Also, any malfunction detected while in this mode will be displayed at real time.

SC EL IDX

SAT987J

AT-37

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


CONSULT-II (Contd)

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT TEST MODE


Detected items (Screen terms for CONSULT-II, SELF-DIAG RESULTS test mode) Item Display

NJAT0022S03

Malfunction is detected when ...

Remarks

No failure No failure has been detected. (NO SELF DIAGNOSTIC FAILURE INDICATED FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED**) Initial start INITIAL START This is not a malfunction message (Whenever shutting off a power supply to the TCM, this message appears on the screen.) TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor. TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor. TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the sensor.

Revolution sensor Vehicle speed sensor (Meter) Throttle position sensor*1 or Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor*2 Shift solenoid valve A Shift solenoid valve B Overrun clutch solenoid valve T/C clutch solenoid valve A/T fluid temperature sensor

VHCL SPEED SENA/T VHCL SPEED SENMTR THROTTLE POSI SEN

SHIFT SOLENOID/V A TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. SHIFT SOLENOID/V B TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. OVERRUN CLUTCH S/V T/C CLUTCH SOL/V BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the sensor. To be displayed in case of abnormality and when no recording is made.

Engine speed signal

ENGINE SPEED SIG

TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the ECM. TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. When a malfunction is detected in CAN communication line. TCM memory (RAM) is malfunctioning. TCM memory (ROM) is malfunctioning. TCM memory (EEP ROM) is malfunctioning.

Line pressure solenoid LINE PRESSURE S/V valve CAN communication*2 CAN COMM CIRCUIT TCM (RAM) TCM (ROM) TCM (EEP ROM) CONTROL UNIT (RAM) CONTROL UNIT (ROM) CONT UNIT (EEP ROM)

CAUTION: If malfunction is detected in multiple systems including CAN communication line, CAN communication line trouble diagnosis shall be performed first.*2 *1: With conventional throttle control *2: With electric throttle control

AT-38

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


CONSULT-II (Contd)

DATA MONITOR MODE (A/T)


Selection monitor item TCM INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR SELECTION FROM MENU

NJAT0022S04

GI
Description Remarks

Item

Display

MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

Vehicle speed sensor 1 (A/T) (Revolution sensor)

VHCL/S SEA/T [km/h] or [mph]

Vehicle speed computed from signal of revolution sensor is displayed.

When racing engine in N or P position with vehicle stationary, CONSULT-II data may not indicate 0 km/h (0 mph). Vehicle speed display may not be accurate under approx. 10 km/h (6 mph). It may not indicate 0 km/h (0 mph) when vehicle is stationary.

Vehicle speed sensor 2 (Meter)

VHCL/S SEMTR [km/h] or [mph]

Vehicle speed computed from signal of vehicle speed signal is displayed.

Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor

THRTL POS SEN [V]

Throttle position sensor signal or accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is displayed. A/T fluid temperature sensor signal voltage is displayed. Signal voltage lowers as fluid temperature rises. Source voltage of TCM is displayed. Engine speed, computed from engine speed signal, is displayed. Engine speed display may not be accurate under approx. 800 rpm. It may not indicate 0 rpm even when engine is not running.

A/T fluid temperature sensor

FLUID TEMP SE [V]

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

Battery voltage

BATTERY VOLT [V] ENGINE SPEED [rpm]

Engine speed

Turbine revolution sen- TURBINE sor REV [rpm] X

Turbine revolution Not mounted but discomputed from sig- played. nal of turbine revolution sensor is displayed. ON/OFF state computed from signal of overdrive control SW or A/T check SW is displayed. ON/OFF state computed from signal of PN position SW is displayed.

Overdrive control switch or A/T check switch

OVERDRIVE SW [ON/OFF]

PN position switch

PN POSI SW [ON/OFF]

AT-39

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


CONSULT-II (Contd)
Selection monitor item TCM INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR SELECTION FROM MENU

Item

Display

Description

Remarks

R position switch

R POSITION SW [ON/OFF] D POSITION SW [ON/OFF] 2 POSITION SW [ON/OFF] 1 POSITION SW [ON/OFF] ASCDCRUISE [ON/OFF]

ON/OFF state computed from signal of R position SW is displayed. ON/OFF state computed from signal of D position SW is displayed. ON/OFF status, computed from signal of 2 position SW, is displayed. ON/OFF status, computed from signal of 1 position SW, is displayed. Status of ASCD This is displayed even cruise signal is dis- when no ASCD is played. mounted. ON ... Cruising state OFF ... Normal running state Status of ASCD OD This is displayed even release signal is dis- when no ASCD is played. mounted. ON ... OD released OFF ... OD not released ON/OFF status, Not mounted but discomputed from sig- played. nal of kickdown SW, is displayed. Not mounted but displayed. ON/OFF status, computed from signal of closed throttle position signal, is displayed. ON/OFF status, computed from signal of wide open throttle position signal, is displayed.

D position switch

2 position switch

1 position switch

ASCD cruise signal

ASCD OD cut signal

ASCD-OD CUT [ON/OFF]

Kickdown switch

KICKDOWN SW [ON/OFF] POWER SHIFT SW [ON/OFF]

A/T mode switch

Closed throttle position CLOSED signal THL/SW [ON/OFF]

Wide open throttle position signal

W/O THRL/ P-SW [ON/OFF]

AT-40

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


CONSULT-II (Contd)
Selection monitor item TCM INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR SELECTION FROM MENU

GI
Description Remarks

Item

Display

MA
Displays status of check signal (reinput signal) for TCM control signal output. Remains unchanged when solenoid valves are open or shorted. Not mounted but displayed. ON/OFF status is displayed. ON ... Brake pedal is depressed. OFF ... Brake pedal is released. Gear position data used for computation by TCM, is displayed. Selector lever position data, used for computation by TCM, is displayed. Vehicle speed data, used for computation by TCM, is displayed. Throttle position data, used for computation by TCM, is displayed. Control value of line pressure solenoid valve, computed by TCM from each input signal, is displayed. Control value of torque converter clutch solenoid valve, computed by TCM from each input signal, is displayed. A specific value used for control is displayed if fail-safe is activated due to error. A specific value used for control is displayed if fail-safe is activated due to error.

Shift solenoid valve A Shift solenoid valve B Overrun clutch solenoid valve A/T mode switch Stop lamp switch

*SHIFT S/V A [ON/OFF] *SHIFT S/V B [ON/OFF] *OVRRUN/C S/V [ON/OFF] HOLD SW [ON/OFF] BRAKE SW [ON/OFF]

EM LC EC FE CL MT

Gear position

GEAR X

Selector lever position

SLCT LVR POSI

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

Vehicle speed

VEHICLE SPEED [km/h] or [mph] THROTTLE POSI [/8] LINE PRES DTY [%]

Throttle position

Line pressure duty

Torque converter clutch solenoid valve duty

TCC S/V DUTY [%] X

AT-41

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


CONSULT-II (Contd)
Selection monitor item TCM INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR SELECTION FROM MENU

Item

Display

Description

Remarks

Shift solenoid valve A

SHIFT S/V A [ON/OFF] X

Control value of shift solenoid valve A, computed by TCM from each input signal, is displayed.

Shift solenoid valve B

SHIFT S/V B [ON/OFF] X

Control value of solenoid is displayed even if solenoid circuit is disconnected. The OFF signal is displayed if solenoid Control value of shift circuit is shorted. solenoid valve B, computed by TCM from each input signal, is displayed. Control value of overrun clutch solenoid valve computed by TCM from each input signal is displayed. Control status of O/D OFF or A/T CHECK indicator lamp is displayed. Ratio of engine revolution to input shaft revolution of torque converter Difference in revolution between input shaft revolution and input shaft revolution of torque converter Display doesnt indicate 0 rpm even if engine is stopped. But this isnt malfunction.

Overrun clutch solenoid valve

OVERRUN/C S/V [ON/OFF]

Self-diagnosis display lamp (O/D OFF or A/T CHECK indicator lamp) Torque converter slip ratio

SELF-D DP LMP [ON/OFF]

TC SLIP RATIO [0.000] TC SLIP SPEED [rpm]

Torque converter slip speed

CAN communication CAN circuit 1 CAN circuit 2 CAN circuit 3 CAN circuit 4 CAN circuit 5 Voltage

CAN COMM [OK/NG] CAN CIRC 1 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 2 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 3 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 4 [OK/UNKWN] CAN CIRC 5 [OK/UNKWN] Voltage [V]

X X X X X X

Value measured by voltage probe is displayed.

AT-42

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


CONSULT-II (Contd)
Selection monitor item TCM INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR SELECTION FROM MENU

GI
Description Remarks

Item

Display

MA
Value measured by pulse probe is displayed. If measurement is impossible, # sign is displayed. # sign is also displayed at the final data value until the measurement result is obtained. Duty cycle value for measurement probe is displayed.

Frequency

Frequency [Hz]

EM LC EC FE CL MT

Duty cycle (high) Duty cycle (low) Pulse width (high)

DUTY-HI [%] DUTY-LOW [%] PLS WIDTH-HI [msec] PLS WIDTHLOW [msec]

Pulse width (low)

Measured pulse width of measurement probe is displayed.

X: Applicable : Not applicable : Option

AX SU BR
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ( WITH CONSULT-II)
1.

ST
NJAT0022S08

2.

If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait for at least 3 seconds and then turn it ON again. Turn CONSULT-II ON, and touch A/T.

RS BT HA

SAT014K

3.

Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.

SC EL IDX

SAT971J

AT-43

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


CONSULT-II (Contd)

4.

Touch ERASE. (The self-diagnostic results will be erased.)

SAT970J

Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II


SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITHOUT CONSULT-II) With Overdrive Control Switch
1 CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. Wait 5 seconds.

NJAT0230

NJAT0230S01 NJAT0230S0101

SAT774B

3. 4. 5. 6.

Set overdrive control switch to ON position. Move selector lever to P position. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?

SAT123KF

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 2. Go to O/D OFF or A/T CHECK Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On, AT-172.

AT-44

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II (Contd)

JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 1

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Move selector lever to D position while pushing the shift lock release button. 3. Set overdrive control switch to OFF position. 4. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) Wait more than 2 seconds after turning ignition switch ON.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

SAT653E

GO TO 3.

JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 2

1. Move selector lever to 2 position. 2. Set overdrive control switch to ON position.

AX SU BR
SAT780B

ST
GO TO 4.

RS
4 JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 3
1. Move selector lever to 1 position. 2. Set overdrive control switch to OFF position.

BT HA SC EL
SAT781B

IDX

GO TO 5.

AT-45

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II (Contd)

JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 4

1. Depress accelerator pedal fully and release it.

SAT981F

GO TO 6.

CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE

Check O/D OFF indicator lamp. Refer to JUDGEMENT OF SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE, AT-49.

SAT123KF

DIAGNOSIS END

AT-46

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II (Contd)

Without Overdrive Control Switch


1 CHECK A/T CHECK INDICATOR LAMP
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. Wait 5 seconds. 3. Move selector lever to P position.

NJAT0230S0103

GI MA EM LC EC FE
SAT163C

4. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 5. Does A/T CHECK indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?

CL MT

AX
SAT123KH

SU BR ST

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 2. Go to O/D OFF or A/T CHECK Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On, AT-172.

JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 1

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Move selector lever to D position while pushing the shift lock release button. 3. Turn A/T check switch to ON position and hold it at ON. 4. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) Wait more than 2 seconds after turning ignition switch ON.

RS BT HA SC EL IDX
SAT212J

GO TO 3.

AT-47

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II (Contd)

JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 2

1. Move selector lever to 2 position. 2. Release A/T check switch (turn to OFF position).

SAT213J

GO TO 4.

JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 3

1. Move selector lever to 1 position. 2. Turn A/T check switch to ON position and release it (turn to OFF position). Set overdrive control switch to OFF position.

SAT214J

GO TO 5.

JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 4

1. Depress accelerator pedal fully and release it.

SAT981F

GO TO 6.

AT-48

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II (Contd)

CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE

Check A/T CHECK indicator lamp. Refer to JUDGEMENT OF SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE, AT-49.

GI MA EM LC
SAT123KH

EC FE

DIAGNOSIS END

JUDGEMENT OF SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE


O/D OFF or A/T CHECK indicator lamp: All judgement flickers are the same. 10-judgement flickers : With conventional throttle control 11-judgement flickers : With electric throttle control 1st judgement flicker is longer than others.

NJAT0230S02

CL MT

AX
SAT773K

SU BR ST

Revolution sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected. Go to VEHICLE SPEED SENSORA/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR), AT-100.
SAT772K

All circuits that can be confirmed by self-diagnosis are OK. 2nd judgement flicker is longer than others. 3rd judgement flicker is longer than others.

RS BT HA SC
SAT774K SAT775K

Vehicle speed sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected. Go to VEHICLE SPEED SENSORMTR, AT-105.

Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected. Go to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR, AT-109.

EL IDX

AT-49

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II (Contd)
O/D OFF or A/T CHECK indicator lamp: 4th judgement flicker is longer than others. 5th judgement flicker is longer than others.

SAT776K

SAT777K

Shift solenoid valve A circuit is short-circuited or disconnected. Go to SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A, AT-119. 6th judgement flicker is longer than others.

Shift solenoid valve B circuit is short-circuited or disconnected. Go to SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B, AT-125. 7th judgement flicker is longer than others.

SAT778K

SAT779K

Overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or discon- Torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited nected. or disconnected. Go to OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE, AT-131. Go to TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE, AT-136. 8th judgement flicker is longer than others. 9th judgement flicker is longer than others.

SAT780K

SAT781K

A/T fluid temperature sensor is disconnected or TCM power source circuit is damaged. Go to A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND TCM POWER SOURCE, AT-142.

Engine speed signal circuit is short-circuited or disconnected. Go to ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL, AT-149.

AT-50

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II (Contd)
O/D OFF or A/T CHECK indicator lamp: 10th judgement flicker is longer than others. 11th judgement flicker is longer than others.

GI MA EM LC

SAT782K

SAT783K

EC FE

Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or disconnected. Go to LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE, AT-153. Lamp does not blink.

CAN communication line is damaged. Go to CAN COMMUNICATION LINE, AT-160. Flickers as shown below.

CL MT

SAT804H SCIA0706E

AX SU BR ST

PNP switch, overdrive control switch, A/T check switch, closed throttle position signal or wide open throttle position signal circuit is disconnected or TCM is damaged. Go to TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate, AT-212. t1 = 2.5 seconds t2 = 2.0 seconds t3 = 1.0 second

Battery power is low. Battery has been disconnected for a long time. Battery is connected conversely. (When reconnecting TCM connectors. This is not a problem.)

t4 = 1.0 second

HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ( WITHOUT CONSULT-II)


1.

NJAT0230S03

2.

3.

If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait for at least 3 seconds and then turn it ON again. Perform SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II). Refer to AT-44 (With Overdrive Control Switch) and AT-47 (Without Overdrive Control Switch). Turn ignition switch OFF. (The self-diagnostic results will be erased.)

RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-51

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS INTRODUCTION


Introduction

Introduction

NJAT0023

SAT631IA

SAT632I

The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, throttle position sensor or PNP switch and provides shift control or lock-up control via A/T solenoid valves. Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good operating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunction, etc. It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts. A visual check only, may not find the cause of the incidents. A road test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be performed. Follow the Work Flow. Refer to AT-56. Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example (AT-53) should be used. Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electronically controlled engine vehicle. Also check related Service bulletins for information.

SEF234G

AT-52

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS INTRODUCTION


Introduction (Contd)

DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET Information from Customer


KEY POINTS WHAT ..... Vehicle & A/T model WHEN..... Date, Frequencies WHERE..... Road conditions HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms
Customer name Trans. model Incident Date Frequency Symptoms MR/MS Model & Year Engine Manuf. Date Continuous Intermittent ( VIN Mileage In Service Date times a day)

=NJAT0023S01 NJAT0023S0101

GI MA EM LC EC

Vehicle does not move. No up-shift

( Any position Particular position) 3rd , O/D)

( 1st , 2nd 2nd , 3rd ( O/D , 3rd

FE CL

No down-shift

3rd , 2nd 2nd , 1st)

Lockup malfunction Shift point too high or too low. Shift shock or slip Noise or vibration No kickdown No pattern select Others ( O/D OFF indicator lamp or A/T check indicator lamp Blinks for about 8 seconds. Continuously lit Not lit ) ( N , D Lockup Any drive position)

MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-53

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS INTRODUCTION


Introduction (Contd)

Diagnostic Worksheet
1. 2. Read the Fail-safe and listen to customer complaints. CHECK A/T FLUID Leakage (Follow specified procedure) Fluid condition Fluid level 3. Perform STALL TEST and LINE PRESSURE TEST. Stall test Mark possible damaged components/others. Torque converter one-way clutch Reverse clutch Forward clutch Overrun clutch Forward one-way clutch Low & reverse brake Low one-way clutch Engine Line pressure is low Clutches and brakes except high clutch and brake band are OK AT-5

=NJAT0023S0102

AT-57

AT-57, 61

Line Pressure test Suspected parts: 4. Perform all ROAD TEST and mark required procedures. 4-1. Check before engine is started. O/D OFF or A/T CHECK Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On, AT-172. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE Mark detected items. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor), AT-100. Vehicle speed sensorMTR, AT-105. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, AT-109. Shift solenoid valve A, AT-119. Shift solenoid valve B, AT-125. Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-131. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-136. A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM power source, AT-142. Engine speed signal, AT-149. Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-153. CAN communication line, AT-160. Control unit (RAM), control unit (ROM), AT-163. Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-165. PNP, overdrive control and throttle position switches, AT-212. Battery Others 4-2. Check at idle Engine Cannot Be Started In P And N Position, AT-174. In P Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed, AT-176. In N Position, Vehicle Moves, AT-177. Large Shock. N , R Position, AT-179. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position, AT-180. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position, AT-183. AT-65 AT-62 AT-63

AT-54

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS INTRODUCTION


Introduction (Contd)
4. 4-3. Cruise test Part-1 Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1, AT-186. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 , D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 , D2, AT-189. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 , D3, AT-192. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , D4, AT-195. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up, AT-198. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition, AT-200. Lock-up Is Not Released, AT-202. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 , D3), AT-203. Part-2 Vehicle Does Not Start From D1, AT-205. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 , D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 , D2, AT-189. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 , D3, AT-192. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , D4, AT-195. Part-3 A/T Does Not Shift: D4 , D3 When Overdrive Control Switch ON , OFF, AT-206 Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Engine Brake In D3 ), AT-203. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , 22, When Selector Lever D , 2 Position, AT-207. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Engine Brake In 22 ), AT-203. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 , 11, When Selector Lever 2 , 1 Position, AT-208. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake, AT-210. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE Mark detected items. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor), AT-100. Vehicle speed sensorMTR, AT-105. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, AT-109. Shift solenoid valve A, AT-119. Shift solenoid valve B, AT-125. Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-131. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-136. A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM power source, AT-142. Engine speed signal, AT-149. Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-153. CAN communication line, AT-160. Control unit (RAM), control unit (ROM), AT-163. Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-165. PNP, overdrive control and throttle position switches, AT-212. Battery Others 5. 6. 7. For self-diagnosis NG items, inspect each component. Repair or replace the damaged parts. Perform all ROAD TEST and re-mark required procedures. AT-38 AT-62 AT-77 AT-75 AT-68 AT-71

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

Perform the Diagnostic Procedures for all remaining items marked NG. Repair or replace the damaged AT-92 parts. AT-81 Refer to the Symptom Chart when you perform the procedures. (The chart also shows some other possible symptoms and the component inspection orders.) Erase self-diagnosis code from TCM memories. AT-43 AT-51

8.

AT-55

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS INTRODUCTION


Work Flow

Work Flow
HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR QUICK AND ACCURATE REPAIR

NJAT0024 NJAT0024S01

A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Make good use of the two sheets provided, INFORMATION FROM CUSTOMER (AT-53) and DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET (AT-54), to perform the best troubleshooting possible.

WORK FLOW CHART

NJAT0024S02

SAT097KC

*1: *2: *3: *4: *5: *6: *7:

AT-53 AT-54 AT-5 AT-57 AT-57 AT-61 AT-62

*8: *9: *10: *11: *12: *13: *14:

AT-37 AT-37 AT-51 AT-101 AT-154 and AT-163 to AT-165 AT-172 AT-212

*15: *16: *17: *18: *19: *20: *21:

AT-81 AT-43 AT-51 AT-101 AT-154 AT-163 AT-165

AT-56

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


A/T Fluid Check

A/T Fluid Check


FLUID LEAKAGE CHECK
1. 2. 3.

NJAT0025 NJAT0025S01

Clean area suspected of leaking. for example, mating surface of converter housing and transmission case. Start engine, apply foot brake, place selector lever in D position and wait a few minutes. Stop engine.

GI MA EM

SAT767B

LC
4. Check for fresh leakage.

EC FE CL
SAT288G

MT
FLUID CONDITION CHECK
Fluid color Dark or black with burned odor Milky pink Varnished fluid, light to dark brown and tacky Suspected problem Wear of frictional material Water contamination Road water entering through filler tube or breather Oxidation Over or under filling, Overheating
NJAT0025S02

AX SU BR
NJAT0025S03

SAT638A

FLUID LEVEL CHECK


Refer to Checking A/T Fluid, AT-11.

ST RS BT HA

Stall Test
STALL TEST PROCEDURE
1. 2.

NJAT0026 NJAT0026S01

SC EL IDX

Check A/T fluid and engine oil levels. If necessary, add. Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes or until fluid and oil reach operating temperature. ATF operating temperature: 50 - 80C (122 - 176F)

SAT647B

AT-57

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Stall Test (Contd)

3. 4.

Set parking brake and block wheels. Install a tachometer where it can be seen by driver during test. It is good practice to mark the point of specified engine rpm on indicator.

SAT513G

5.

Start engine, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in D position. 6. Accelerate to wide open throttle gradually while applying foot brake. 7. Quickly note the engine stall revolution and immediately release throttle. During test, never hold throttle wide open for more than 5 seconds. Stall revolution:
SAT514G

QG13DE QG16DE QG18DE

2,100 - 2,550 rpm 2,200 - 2,650 rpm 2,300 - 2,700 rpm

8. 9. 10.

Move selector lever to N position. Cool off ATF. Run engine at idle for at least one minute. Repeat steps 5 through 9 with selector lever in 2, 1 and R positions.

SAT771B

JUDGEMENT OF STALL TEST

NJAT0026S02

The test result and possible damaged components relating to each result are shown in the illustrations on next page. In order to pinpoint the possible damaged components, follow the WORK FLOW shown in AT-56. NOTE: Stall revolution is too high in D, 2 or 1 position: Slippage occurs in 1st gear but not in 2nd and 3rd gears. ..... Low one-way clutch slippage Slippage occurs in the following gears:

AT-58

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Stall Test (Contd)

1st through 3rd gears in D position and engine brake functions with overdrive control switch set to OFF. 1st and 2nd gears in 2 position and engine brake functions with accelerator pedal released (fully closed throttle). ..... Forward clutch or forward one-way clutch slippage Stall revolution is too high in R position: Engine brake does not function in 1 position. ..... Low & reverse brake slippage Engine brake functions in 1 position. ..... Reverse clutch slippage Stall revolution within specifications: Vehicle does not achieve speed of more than 80 km/h (50 MPH). ..... One-way clutch seizure in torque converter housing CAUTION: Be careful since automatic fluid temperature increases abnormally. Slippage occurs in 3rd and 4th gears in D position. ..... High clutch slippage Slippage occurs in 2nd and 4th gear in D position. ..... Brake band slippage Engine brake does not function in 2nd and 3rd gears in D position, 2nd gear in 2 position, and 1st gear in 1 position with overdrive control switch set to OFF. ..... Overrun clutch slippage Stall revolution less than specifications: Poor acceleration during starts. ..... One-way clutch slippage in torque converter

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-59

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Stall Test (Contd)

SAT871HA

AT-60

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Line Pressure Test

Line Pressure Test


LINE PRESSURE TEST PORTS

NJAT0027 NJAT0027S01

Location of line pressure test ports are shown in the illustration. Always replace pressure plugs as they are self-sealing bolts.

GI MA EM

SAT561J

LC
LINE PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE
1. 2.
NJAT0027S02

Check A/T fluid and engine oil levels. If necessary, add fluid or oil. Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes or until engine oil and ATF reach operating temperature. ATF operating temperature: 50 - 80C (122 - 176F)

EC FE CL MT

SAT647B

3.

Install pressure gauge to corresponding line pressure port.

AX SU BR
UAT008

4.

Set parking brake and block wheels. Continue to depress brake pedal fully while line pressure test is being performed at stall speed.

ST RS BT HA

UAT008

5.

Start engine and measure line pressure at idle and stall speed. When measuring line pressure at stall speed, follow the stall test procedure. Line pressure: Refer to SDS, AT-353.

SC EL IDX

SAT493G

AT-61

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Line Pressure Test (Contd)

JUDGEMENT OF LINE PRESSURE TEST


Judgement Line pressure is low in all positions. Suspected parts

NJAT0027S03

Oil pump wear Control piston damage Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking Spring for pressure regulator valve damaged Fluid pressure leakage between oil strainer and pressure regulator valve Clogged strainer

Line pressure is low in particular position. At idle

Fluid pressure leakage between manual valve and particular clutch For example, line pressure is: Low in R and 1 positions, but Normal in D and 2 positions. Therefore, fluid leakage exists at or around low and reverse brake circuit. Refer to CLUTCH AND BAND CHART, AT-19. Maladjustment of throttle position sensor A/T fluid temperature sensor damaged Line pressure solenoid valve sticking Short circuit of line pressure solenoid valve circuit Pressure modifier valve sticking Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking Open in dropping resistor circuit Maladjustment of throttle position sensor Line pressure solenoid valve sticking Short circuit of line pressure solenoid valve circuit Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking Pressure modifier valve sticking Pilot valve sticking

Line pressure is high.

Line pressure is low. At stall speed

Road Test
DESCRIPTION
1. 2. 3.
SAT786A

NJAT0028 NJAT0028S01

The purpose of the test is to determine overall performance of A/T and analyze causes of problems. The road test consists of the following three parts: Check before engine is started Check at idle Cruise test

Before road test, familiarize yourself with all test procedures and items to check. Conduct tests on all items until specified symptom is found. Troubleshoot items which check out No Good after road test. Refer to the following items.
AT-37 to AT-49 AT-172 to AT-212

ON BOARD DIAGNOSITC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


SAT496G

AT-62

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

1. CHECK BEFORE ENGINE IS STARTED


1
1. 2. 3. 4.

=NJAT0028S02

CHECK O/D OFF or A/T CHECK INDICATOR LAMP


Park vehicle on flat surface. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. Move selector lever to P position. Set overdrive control switch to ON position (With overdrive control switch).

GI MA EM LC EC FE
SAT774B

5. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 6. Does O/D OFF or A/T CHECK indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?

CL MT

AX
SAT279KA

SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 2. Stop ROAD TEST. Go to O/D OFF or A/T CHECK Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On, AT-172.

AT-63

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

CHECK O/D OFF or A/T CHECK INDICATOR LAMP

Does O/D OFF or A/T CHECK indicator lamp flicker for about 8 seconds?

SAT279KA

Yes or No Yes TCM is under fail-safe mode. Perform self-diagnosis and check NG items on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET, AT-53. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II), AT-44. 1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Perform self-diagnosis and note NG items. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II), AT-44. 3. Go to CHECK AT IDLE, AT-65.

No

AT-64

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

2. CHECK AT IDLE
1 CHECK ENGINE START
1. Park vehicle on flat surface. 2. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 3. Move selector lever to P or N position.

=NJAT0028S03

GI MA EM LC EC
SAT769B

4. Turn ignition switch to START position. 5. Is engine started? Yes or No Yes No GO TO 2. Stop ROAD TEST. Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to Engine Cannot Be Started In P and N Position, AT-174.

FE CL MT

CHECK ENGINE START

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Move selector lever to D, 1, 2 or R position.

AX SU BR ST
SAT770B

RS BT HA SC EL IDX

3. Turn ignition switch to START position. 4. Is engine started? Yes or No Yes No Stop ROAD TEST. Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to Engine Cannot Be Started In P and N Position, AT-174. Continue ROAD TEST. GO TO 3.

AT-65

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

CHECK VEHICLE MOVE

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Move selector lever to P position.

SAT768B

3. Release parking brake. 4. Push vehicle forward or backward. 5. Does vehicle move when it is pushed forward or backward?

SAT796A

Yes or No Yes No Mark the box of In P Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST. GO TO 4.

CHECK VEHICLE MOVE

1. Apply parking brake. 2. Move selector lever to N position. 3. Turn ignition switch to START position and start engine.

SAT771B

4. Release parking brake. 5. Does vehicle move forward or backward? Yes or No Yes No Mark the box of In N Position, Vehicle Moves on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST. GO TO 5.

AT-66

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

CHECK SHIFT SHOCK

1. Apply foot brake.

GI MA EM LC
SAT797A

2. Move selector lever to R position.

EC FE CL MT

SAT772B

3. Is there large shock when changing from N to R position? Yes or No Yes No Mark the box of Large Shock N , R Position on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST. GO TO 6.

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA

CHECK VEHICLE MOVE

1. Release foot brake for several seconds.

SAT799A

2. Does vehicle creep backward when foot brake is released? Yes or No Yes No GO TO 7. Mark the box of Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

SC EL IDX

AT-67

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

CHECK VEHICLE MOVE

1. Move selector lever to D, 2 and 1 positions and check if vehicle creeps forward.

SAT773B

2. Does vehicle creep forward in all three positions? Yes or No Yes No Go to 3. CRUISE TEST, AT-68. Mark the box of Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

3. CRUISE TEST
Check all items listed in Parts 1 through 3.

NJAT0028S04

With CONSULT-II

NJAT0028S0401

Using CONSULT-II, conduct a cruise test and record the result. Print the result and ensure that shifts and lock-ups take place as per Shift Schedule.

SAT601J

CONSULT-II Setting Procedure


1. 2.

NJAT0028S0402

Turn ignition switch OFF. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector, which is located in lower dash panel.

SAT998J

3. 4.

Turn ignition switch ON. Touch START.

SAT586J

AT-68

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

5.

Touch A/T. If A/T is not indicated, go to GI-37, CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit.

GI MA EM
SAT014K

LC
6. Touch DATA MONITOR.

EC FE CL
SAT971J

MT
7. 8. Touch MAIN SIGNALS or TCM INPUT SIGNALS. Select Numerical Display, Barchart Display or Line Graph Display.

AX SU BR
SAT175K

9.

Touch SETTING to recording condition (AUTO TRIG or MANU TRIG) and touch BACK. 10. Touch Start.

ST RS BT HA

SAT973J

11. When performing cruise test, touch RECORD.

SC EL IDX

SAT134K

AT-69

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

12. After finishing cruise test part 1, touch STOP.

SAT135K

13. Touch STORE and touch BACK.

SAT987J

SAT974J

14. 15. 16. 17.

Touch DISPLAY. Touch PRINT. Check the monitor data printed out. Continue cruise test part 2 and 3.

SAT975J

Without CONSULT-II

NJAT0028S0403

Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor can be checked by voltage across terminals 41 and 42 of TCM.

SAT417J

AT-70

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

Cruise Test Part 1


1 CHECK STARTING GEAR (D1) POSITION
1. Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes to warm engine oil and ATF up to operating temperature. ATF operating temperature: 50 - 80C (122 - 176F) 2. Park vehicle on flat surface. 3. Set overdrive control switch to ON position (With overdrive control switch). 4. Move selector lever to P position.

=NJAT0028S0404

GI MA EM LC EC FE
SAT774B

CL MT

5. Start engine. 6. Move selector lever to D position.

AX SU
SAT775B

7. Accelerate vehicle by constantly depressing accelerator pedal halfway.

BR ST RS BT
SAT495G

8. Does vehicle start from D1? Read gear position. Yes or No Yes No GO TO 2. Mark the box of Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

HA SC EL IDX

AT-71

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

CHECK SHIFT UP (D1 TO D2)

Does A/T shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed? Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed. Specified speed when shifting from D1 to D2: Refer to Shift schedule, AT-352.

SAT954I

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 3. Mark the box of A/T Does Not Shift: D1 , D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 , D2 on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

CHECK SHIFT UP (D2 TO D3)

Does A/T shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed? Read gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed. Specified speed when shifting from D2 to D3: Refer to Shift schedule, AT-352.

SAT955I

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 4. Mark the box of A/T Does Not Shift: D2 , D3 on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

AT-72

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4)

Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed? Read gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed. Specified speed when shifting from D3 to D4: Refer to Shift schedule, AT-352.

GI MA EM LC EC
SAT956I

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 5. Mark the box of A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , D4 on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

FE CL MT

CHECK LOCK-UP (D4 TO D4 L/U)

Does A/T perform lock-up at the specified speed? Read vehicle speed, throttle position when lock-up duty becomes 94%. Specified speed when lock-up occurs: Refer to Shift schedule, AT-352.

AX SU BR
SAT957I

ST RS BT

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 6. Mark the box of A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

CHECK HOLD LOCK-UP

Does A/T hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds? Yes or No Yes No GO TO 7. Mark the box of A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

HA SC EL IDX

AT-73

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4 L/U TO D4)

1. Release accelerator pedal. 2. Is lock-up released when accelerator pedal is released?

SAT958I

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 8. Mark the box of Lock-up Is Not Released on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4 TO D3)

1. Decelerate vehicle by applying foot brake lightly. 2. Does engine speed return to idle smoothly when A/T is shifted from D4 to D3? Read gear position and engine speed.

SAT959I

Yes or No Yes No 1. Stop vehicle. 2. Go to Cruise test Part 2, AT-75. Mark the box of Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 , D3) on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

AT-74

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

Cruise Test Part 2


1
1. 2. 3. 4.

=NJAT0028S0405

CHECK STARTING GEAR (D1) POSITION


Confirm overdrive control switch is in ON position (With overdrive control switch). Confirm selector lever is in D position. Accelerate vehicle by half throttle again. Does vehicle start from D1? Read gear position.

GI MA EM LC EC FE
SAT495G

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 2. Mark the box of Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

CL MT

CHECK SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN (D3 TO D4 TO D2)

1. Accelerate vehicle to 80 km/h (50 MPH) as shown in illustration. 2. Release accelerator pedal and then quickly depress it fully. 3. Does A/T shift from D4 to D2 as soon as accelerator pedal is depressed fully? Read gear position and throttle position.

AX SU BR ST RS
SAT404H

BT HA SC EL IDX

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 3. Mark the box of A/T Does Not Shift: D1 , D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 , D2 on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

AT-75

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

CHECK SHIFT UP (D2 TO D3)

Does A/T shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed? Read gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed. Specified speed when shifting from D2 to D3: Refer to Shift Schedule, AT-352.

SAT960I

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 4. Mark the box of A/T Does Not Shift: D2 , D3 on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4) AND ENGINE BRAKE

Release accelerator pedal after shifting from D2 to D3. Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 and does vehicle decelerate by engine brake? Read gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed.

SAT405H

Yes or No Yes No 1. Stop vehicle. 2. Go to Cruise test Part 3, AT-77. Mark the box of A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , D4 on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

AT-76

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

Cruise Test Part 3


1 CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4 TO D3) (WITH OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH)
1. Confirm overdrive control switch is in ON position. 2. Confirm selector lever is in D position. 3. Accelerate vehicle using half-throttle to D4.

=NJAT0028S0406

GI MA EM LC EC
SAT812A

FE CL MT

4. Release accelerator pedal.

AX
SAT813A

5. Set overdrive control switch to OFF position while driving in D4. 6. Does A/T shift from D4 to D3 (O/D OFF)? Read gear position and vehicle speed.

SU BR ST RS BT
SAT776BA

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 2. Mark the box of A/T Does Not Shift: D4 , D3, When Overdrive Control Switch ON , OFF on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

HA SC EL IDX

AT-77

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

CHECK ENGINE BRAKE (WITH OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH)

Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?

SAT776BA

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 3. Mark the box of Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 , D3) on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D3 TO 22) (WITH OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH)

1. Move selector lever from D to 2 position while driving in D3 (O/D OFF). 2. Does A/T shift from D3 (O/D OFF) to 22? Read gear position.

SAT791GA

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 4. Mark the box of A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , D2, When Selector Lever D , 2 Position on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

AT-78

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

CHECK ENGINE BRAKE (WITH OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH)

Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?

GI MA EM LC
SAT791GA

EC FE CL MT

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 5. Mark the box of Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 , D3) on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

CHECK SHIFT DOWN

1. Move selector lever from 2 to 1 position while driving in 22. 2. Does A/T shift from 22 to 11 position? Read gear position.

AX SU BR
SAT778B

ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

Yes or No Yes No GO TO 6. Mark the box of A/T Does Not Shift: 22 , 11, When Selector lever 2 , 1 Position on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Continue ROAD TEST.

AT-79

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BASIC INSPECTION


Road Test (Contd)

CHECK ENGINE BRAKE

Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?

SAT778B

Yes or No Yes 1. Stop vehicle. 2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II), AT-44. Mark the box of Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Stop ROAD TEST.

No

AT-80

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


Symptom Chart

Symptom Chart
Numbers are arranged in order of inspection. Perform inspections starting with number one and work up. Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item 1. Ignition switch and starter ON vehicle 2. Control cable adjustment 3. PNP switch Engine starts in position other than N and P positions. AT-174 1. Control cable adjustment ON vehicle 2. PNP switch 1. Fluid level 2. Line pressure test ON vehicle Transaxle noise in P and N positions. 3. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor 4. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR 5. Oil pump OFF vehicle 6. Torque converter Vehicle moves when changing into P position, or parking gear does not disengage when shifted out of P position. AT-176 ON vehicle 1. Control cable adjustment AT-249 AT-235 AT-212 AT-57 AT-61 AT-109 Reference Page

NJAT0029

GI
EL-10, POWER SUPPLY ROUTING and SC-13, STARTING SYSTEM AT-235 AT-212 AT-235

MA EM LC EC FE CL

Engine cannot start in P and N positions. AT-174

AT-100, AT-105 AT-267

MT

AX
OFF vehicle ON vehicle 2. Parking components 1. Control cable adjustment 2. Forward clutch OFF vehicle 3. Reverse clutch 4. Overrun clutch 1. Control cable adjustment 2. Stall test ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test 4. Line pressure solenoid valve 5. Control valve assembly 6. Reverse clutch 7. High clutch OFF vehicle 8. Forward clutch 9. Overrun clutch 10. Low & reverse brake AT-244, AT-245 AT-235 AT-294 AT-285 AT-294 AT-235 AT-57 AT-61 AT-153 AT-234 AT-285 AT-289 AT-294 AT-294 AT-301

SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

Vehicle runs in N position. AT-177

Vehicle will not run in R position (but runs in D, 2 and 1 positions). Clutch slips. Very poor acceleration. AT-180

AT-81

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


Symptom Chart (Contd)
Symptom Condition 1. Fluid level 2. Line pressure test ON vehicle 3. Line pressure solenoid valve Vehicle braked when shifting into R position. 4. Control valve assembly 5. High clutch 6. Brake band OFF vehicle 7. Forward clutch 8. Overrun clutch 1. Engine idling rpm 2. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor 3. Line pressure test Sharp shock in shifting from N to D position. ON vehicle 4. A/T fluid temperature sensor 5. Engine speed signal 6. Line pressure solenoid valve 7. Control valve assembly 8. Accumulator N-D OFF vehicle Vehicle will not run in D and 2 positions (but runs in 1 and R positions). ON vehicle OFF vehicle 9. Forward clutch 1. Control cable adjustment 2. Low one-way clutch 1. Fluid level 2. Stall test 3. Line pressure test ON vehicle 4. Line pressure solenoid valve Vehicle will not run in D, 1, 2 positions (but runs in R position). Clutch slips. Very poor acceleration. AT-183 5. Control valve assembly 6. Accumulator N-D 7. Reverse clutch 8. High clutch OFF vehicle 9. Forward clutch 10. Forward one-way clutch 11. Low one-way clutch AT-153 AT-234 AT-234 AT-285 AT-289 AT-294 AT-305 AT-242, AT-243 AT-294 AT-294 EC-22 or EC-255, Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check AT-109 AT-61 AT-142 AT-149 AT-153 AT-234 AT-234 AT-294 AT-235 AT-242, AT-243 AT-57 AT-57 AT-61 AT-153 AT-234 AT-289 AT-319 Diagnostic Item Reference Page AT-57 AT-61

AT-82

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


Symptom Chart (Contd)
Symptom Condition 1. Fluid level 2. Control cable adjustment 3. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor 4. Line pressure test 5. Line pressure solenoid valve ON vehicle 6. Control valve assembly 7. Accumulator N-D Clutches or brakes slip somewhat in starting. 8. Shift solenoid valve A 9. Shift solenoid valve B 10. Overrun clutch solenoid valve 11. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 12. Forward clutch 13. Reverse clutch OFF vehicle 14. Low & reverse brake 15. Oil pump 16. Torque converter Excessive creep. ON vehicle 1. Engine idling rpm 1. Fluid level ON vehicle No creep at all. AT-180 and AT-183 OFF vehicle 2. Line pressure test 3. Control valve assembly 4. Forward clutch 5. Oil pump 6. Torque converter 1. Control cable adjustment 2. Shift solenoid valve A 3. Control valve assembly Failure to change gear from D1 to D2. ON vehicle 4. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR 5. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor OFF vehicle 6. Brake band Diagnostic Item Reference Page AT-57 AT-235 AT-109 AT-61 AT-153 AT-234 AT-234 AT-119 AT-125 AT-131 AT-136 AT-294 AT-285 AT-301 AT-267 AT-249 EC-22 or EC-255, Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check AT-57 AT-61 AT-234 AT-294 AT-267 AT-249 AT-235 AT-119 AT-234 AT-100, AT-105 AT-109 AT-319

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-83

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


Symptom Chart (Contd)
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item 1. Control cable adjustment 2. Shift solenoid valve B 3. Control valve assembly ON vehicle Failure to change gear from D2 to D3. 4. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR 5. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor 6. High clutch OFF vehicle 7. Brake band 1. PNP switch 2. Overdrive control switch Failure to change gear from D3 to D4. ON vehicle 3. Shift solenoid valve A 4. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR 5. A/T fluid temperature sensor OFF vehicle 6. Brake band 1. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor Too high a gear change point from D1 to D2, from D2 to D3, from D3 to D4. AT-189, AT-192 and AT-195 ON vehicle 2. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR 3. Shift solenoid valve A 4. Shift solenoid valve B 1. Fluid level Gear change directly from D1 to D3 occurs. ON vehicle 2. Accumulator servo release OFF vehicle 3. Brake band 1. Engine idling rpm ON vehicle 2. Fluid level 3. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 4. Control valve assembly OFF vehicle 5. Torque converter 1. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor 2. Line pressure test Too sharp a shock in change from D1 to D2. ON vehicle 3. Accumulator servo release 4. Control valve assembly 5. A/T fluid temperature sensor OFF vehicle 6. Brake band AT-234 AT-319 EC-22 or EC-255, Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check AT-57 AT-136 AT-234 AT-249 AT-109 AT-61 AT-234 AT-234 AT-142 AT-319 AT-319 AT-212 AT-212 AT-119 AT-100, AT-105 AT-142 AT-319 AT-109 AT-100, AT-105 AT-119 AT-125 AT-57 Reference Page AT-235 AT-125 AT-234 AT-100, AT-105 AT-109 AT-289

Engine stops when shifting lever into R, D, 2 and 1.

AT-84

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


Symptom Chart (Contd)
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item 1. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor ON vehicle Too sharp a shock in change from D2 to D3. 2. Line pressure test 3. Control valve assembly 4. A/T fluid temperature sensor 5. High clutch OFF vehicle 6. Brake band 1. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor ON vehicle Too sharp a shock in change from D3 to D4. 2. Line pressure test 3. Control valve assembly 4. A/T fluid temperature sensor 5. Brake band OFF vehicle 6. Overrun clutch 1. Fluid level 2. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor Almost no shock or clutches slipping in change from D1 to D2. ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test 4. Accumulator servo release 5. Control valve assembly OFF vehicle 6. Brake band 1. Fluid level 2. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor 3. Line pressure test 4. Control valve assembly 5. High clutch OFF vehicle 6. Brake band 1. Fluid level 2. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor 3. Line pressure test 4. Control valve assembly OFF vehicle ON vehicle 5. Brake band 1. Fluid level 2. Reverse clutch Vehicle braked by gear change from D1 to D2. 3. Low & reverse brake OFF vehicle 4. High clutch 5. Low one-way clutch AT-289 AT-242, AT-243 AT-319 AT-57 AT-109 AT-61 AT-234 AT-319 AT-57 AT-285 AT-301 AT-294 AT-57 AT-109 AT-61 AT-234 AT-234 AT-319 AT-57 AT-109 AT-61 AT-234 AT-289 AT-319 AT-109 Reference Page AT-109 AT-61 AT-234 AT-142 AT-289

GI MA EM LC EC

AT-61 AT-234 AT-142 AT-319

FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

ON vehicle Almost no shock or slipping in change from D2 to D3.

Almost no shock or slipping in change from D3 to D4.

ON vehicle

AT-85

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


Symptom Chart (Contd)
Symptom Vehicle braked by gear change from D2 to D3. Condition ON vehicle OFF vehicle ON vehicle Vehicle braked by gear change from D3 to D4. 1. Fluid level 2. Brake band 1. Fluid level 2. Overrun clutch OFF vehicle 3. Forward one-way clutch 4. Reverse clutch 1. Fluid level 2. PNP switch 3. Overdrive control switch ON vehicle 4. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor 5. Shift solenoid valve A Maximum speed not attained. Acceleration poor. 6. Shift solenoid valve B 7. Control valve assembly 8. Reverse clutch 9. High clutch 10. Brake band OFF vehicle 11. Low & reverse brake 12. Oil pump 13. Torque converter 1. Fluid level 2. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor ON vehicle Failure to change gear from D4 to D3. 3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve 4. Shift solenoid valve A 5. Line pressure solenoid valve 6. Control valve assembly 7. Brake band OFF vehicle 8. Overrun clutch 1. Fluid level 2. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor ON vehicle Failure to change gear from D3 to D2 or from D4 to D2. 3. Shift solenoid valve A 4. Shift solenoid valve B 5. Control valve assembly 6. High clutch OFF vehicle 7. Brake band AT-319 AT-294 AT-57 AT-109 AT-119 AT-125 AT-234 AT-289 AT-301 AT-267 AT-249 AT-57 AT-109 AT-131 AT-119 AT-153 AT-234 AT-319 Diagnostic Item Reference Page AT-57 AT-319 AT-57 AT-294 AT-305 AT-285 AT-57 AT-212 AT-212 AT-109 AT-119 AT-125 AT-234 AT-285 AT-289 AT-319

AT-86

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


Symptom Chart (Contd)
Symptom Condition 1. Fluid level 2. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor ON vehicle Failure to change gear from D2 to D1 or from D3 to D1. 3. Shift solenoid valve A 4. Shift solenoid valve B 5. Control valve assembly 6. Low one-way clutch OFF vehicle 7. High clutch 8. Brake band 1. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor Gear change shock felt during deceleration by releasing accelerator pedal. ON vehicle 2. Line pressure test 3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve 4. Control valve assembly Too high a change point from D4 to D3, from D3 to D2, from D2 to D1. 1. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor ON vehicle 2. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR 1. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor Kickdown does not operate when depressing pedal in D4 within kick- ON vehicle down vehicle speed. 2. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR 3. Shift solenoid valve A 4. Shift solenoid valve B 1. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR Kickdown operates or engine overruns when depressing pedal in D4 ON vehicle beyond kickdown vehicle speed limit. 2. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor 3. Shift solenoid valve A 4. Shift solenoid valve B 1. Fluid level 2. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor Races extremely fast or slips in changing from D4 to D3 when depressing pedal. ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test 4. Line pressure solenoid valve 5. Shift solenoid valve A 6. Control valve assembly 7. Brake band OFF vehicle 8. Forward clutch AT-294 AT-100, AT-105 AT-109 AT-100, AT-105 AT-119 AT-125 AT-100, AT-105 Diagnostic Item Reference Page AT-57 AT-109

GI MA

AT-119 AT-125 AT-234 AT-242, AT-243 AT-289 AT-319 AT-109

EM LC EC FE

AT-61 AT-131 AT-234 AT-109

CL MT

AX SU BR ST

AT-109 AT-119 AT-125 AT-57 AT-109 AT-61 AT-153 AT-119 AT-234 AT-319

RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-87

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


Symptom Chart (Contd)
Symptom Condition 1. Fluid level 2. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor 3. Line pressure test ON vehicle Races extremely fast or slips in changing from D4 to D2 when depressing pedal. 4. Line pressure solenoid valve 5. Shift solenoid valve A 6. Shift solenoid valve B 7. Control valve assembly 8. Brake band OFF vehicle 9. High clutch 10. Forward clutch 1. Fluid level 2. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor Races extremely fast or slips in changing from D3 to D2 when depressing pedal. ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test 4. Line pressure solenoid valve 5. Control valve assembly 6. Shift solenoid valve B 7. Brake band OFF vehicle 8. High clutch 1. Fluid level 2. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor 3. Line pressure test ON vehicle Races extremely fast or slips in changing from D4 or D3 to D1 when depressing pedal. 4. Line pressure solenoid valve 5. Shift solenoid valve A 6. Shift solenoid valve B 7. Control valve assembly 8. Forward clutch OFF vehicle 9. Forward one-way clutch 10. Low one-way clutch 1. Fluid level 2. Control cable adjustment ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test Vehicle will not run in any position. 4. Line pressure solenoid valve 5. Oil pump OFF vehicle 6. Torque converter 7. Parking components AT-61 AT-153 AT-267 AT-249 AT-328 AT-289 AT-57 AT-109 AT-61 AT-153 AT-119 AT-125 AT-234 AT-294 AT-305 AT-242, AT-243 AT-57 AT-235 Diagnostic Item Reference Page AT-57 AT-109 AT-61 AT-153 AT-119 AT-125 AT-234 AT-319 AT-289 AT-294 AT-57 AT-109 AT-61 AT-153 AT-234 AT-125 AT-319

AT-88

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


Symptom Chart (Contd)
Symptom Transaxle noise in D, 2, 1 and R positions. Condition ON vehicle OFF vehicle 1. Fluid level 2. Torque converter 1. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor Failure to change from D3 to 22 when changing lever into 2 position. AT-203 ON vehicle 2. Shift solenoid valve B 3. Control valve assembly 4. Control cable adjustment OFF vehicle Gear change from 22 to 23 in 2 ON vehicle position. 5. Brake band 1. PNP switch 2. Control cable adjustment 1. PNP switch 2. Control cable adjustment ON vehicle 3. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR 4. Control valve assembly 5. Overrun clutch solenoid valve 6. Overrun clutch OFF vehicle 7. Low & reverse brake Gear change from 11 to 12 in 1 ON vehicle position. 1. PNP switch 2. Control cable adjustment 1. PNP switch 2. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR 3. Shift solenoid valve A 4. Control valve assembly 5. Low one-way clutch OFF vehicle 6. Brake band 7. Low & reverse brake Large shock changing from 12 to 11 in 1 position. ON vehicle OFF vehicle 1. Control valve assembly 2. Low & reverse brake AT-301 AT-212 AT-235 AT-212 AT-100, AT-105 AT-119 AT-234 AT-242, AT-243 AT-319 AT-301 AT-234 AT-301 Diagnostic Item Reference Page AT-57 AT-249 AT-109 AT-125 AT-234 AT-235 AT-319 AT-212 AT-235 AT-212 AT-235 AT-100, AT-105 AT-234 AT-131 AT-294

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

Engine brake does not operate in 1 position. AT-205

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

ON vehicle Does not change from 12 to 11 in 1 position.

AT-89

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


Symptom Chart (Contd)
Symptom Condition 1. Fluid level 2. Engine idling rpm 3. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor 4. Line pressure test 5. Line pressure solenoid valve 6. Control valve assembly Transaxle overheats. 7. Oil pump 8. Reverse clutch 9. High clutch 10. Brake band OFF vehicle 11. Forward clutch 12. Overrun clutch 13. Low & reverse brake 14. Torque converter ON vehicle 1. Fluid level 2. Reverse clutch ATF shoots out during operation. White smoke emitted from exhaust pipe during operation. 3. High clutch 4. Brake band OFF vehicle 5. Forward clutch 6. Overrun clutch 7. Low & reverse brake ON vehicle 1. Fluid level 2. Torque converter 3. Oil pump 4. Reverse clutch Offensive smell at fluid charging pipe. 5. High clutch OFF vehicle 6. Brake band 7. Forward clutch 8. Overrun clutch 9. Low & reverse brake AT-319 AT-294 AT-294 AT-301 AT-294 AT-294 AT-301 AT-57 AT-249 AT-267 AT-285 AT-289 AT-294 AT-294 AT-301 AT-249 AT-57 AT-285 AT-289 AT-319 Diagnostic Item Reference Page AT-57 EC-22 or EC-255, Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check AT-109 AT-61 AT-153 AT-234 AT-267 AT-285 AT-289 AT-319

ON vehicle

AT-90

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


Symptom Chart (Contd)
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item 1. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor 2. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR ON vehicle Torque converter is not locked up. 3. Engine speed signal 4. A/T fluid temperature sensor 5. Line pressure test 6. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 7. Control valve assembly OFF vehicle 8. Torque converter 1. Fluid level 2. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor ON vehicle Torque converter clutch piston slip. 3. Line pressure test 4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 5. Line pressure solenoid valve 6. Control valve assembly OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter 1. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor Lock-up point is extremely high or low. AT-198 ON vehicle 2. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR 3. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 4. Control valve assembly 1. Throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor 2. PNP switch 3. Overdrive control switch 4. Vehicle speed sensorA/T (Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR 5. Shift solenoid valve A 6. Overrun clutch solenoid valve 7. Control valve assembly 8. A/T fluid temperature sensor 9. Line pressure test 10. Brake band OFF vehicle 11. Overrun clutch AT-294 Reference Page AT-109 AT-100, AT-105 AT-149 AT-142 AT-61 AT-136 AT-234 AT-249 AT-57 AT-109 AT-61 AT-136 AT-153 AT-234 AT-249 AT-109 AT-100, AT-105 AT-136 AT-234 AT-109

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST

AT-212 AT-212 AT-100, AT-105 AT-119 AT-131 AT-234 AT-142 AT-61 AT-319

RS BT HA SC EL IDX

A/T does not shift to D4 when driving with overdrive control switch ON.

ON vehicle

AT-91

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


Symptom Chart (Contd)
Symptom Condition 1. Fluid level 2. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Engine is stopped at R, D, 2 and 1 positions. ON vehicle 3. Shift solenoid valve A 4. Shift solenoid valve B 5. Control valve assembly Diagnostic Item Reference Page AT-57 AT-136 AT-119 AT-125 AT-234

TCM Terminals and Reference Value


PREPARATION

NJAT0030 NJAT0030S01

Measure voltage between each terminal and terminal 25 or 48 by following TCM INSPECTION TABLE.

SAT216J

TCM HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT NJAT0030S02

SAT999J

AT-92

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


TCM Terminals and Reference Value (Contd)

TCM INSPECTION TABLE


(Data are reference values.)
Terminal No. Wire color Item Condition When releasing accelerator pedal after warming up engine. When depressing accelerator pedal fully after warming up engine. When releasing accelerator pedal after warming up engine. When depressing accelerator pedal fully after warming up engine. When A/T performs lock-up.

=NJAT0030S03

Judgement standard (Approx.) 1.5 - 2.5V

GI MA EM

R/W

Line pressure solenoid valve

0V 5 - 14V 0V 8 - 15V

P/B

Line pressure solenoid valve (with dropping resistor)

LC EC FE CL

GY/R

Torque converter clutch solenoid valve DT1* CAN-H** DT2* CAN-L** DT3 DT5 DT4

When A/T does not perform lock-up. 0V When turning ignition switch to ON.

Y/R* 5 L** Y/G* 6 R** 7* 8* 9* Y/B BR/W G/Y

MT

AX SU

Battery voltage 0V

10

BR/R

Power source When turning ignition switch to OFF. When shift solenoid valve A operates. (When driving in D1 or D4.) When shift solenoid valve A does not operate. (When driving in D2 or D3.) When shift solenoid valve B operates. (When driving in D1 or D2.) When shift solenoid valve B does not operate. (When driving in D3 or D4.)

BR ST RS

Battery voltage

11

L/W

Shift solenoid valve A

0V

BT
Battery voltage

12

L/Y

Shift solenoid valve B

HA
0V

SC EL IDX

AT-93

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


TCM Terminals and Reference Value (Contd)
Terminal No. Judgement standard (Approx.) 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V

Wire color

Item

Condition When setting overdrive control or A/T check switch in OFF position. When setting overdrive control or A/T check switch in ON position. When releasing accelerator pedal after warming up engine. When depressing accelerator pedal after warming up engine. When depressing accelerator pedal more than half-way after warming up engine. When releasing accelerator pedal after warming up engine. Same as No. 10 When overrun clutch solenoid valve operates. When overrun clutch solenoid valve does not operate. When setting overdrive control or A/T check switch in ON position When setting overdrive control or A/T check switch in OFF position When setting selector lever to 1 position. When setting selector lever to other positions. When setting selector lever to 2 position. When setting selector lever to other positions. When turning ignition switch to OFF.

13*

G/R

O/D OFF or A/T CHECK indicator lamp

16*

Y/PU

Closed throttle position switch (in throttle position switch) Wide open throttle position switch (in throttle position switch) Power source

Battery voltage

17*

LG

0V

19

BR/R

Battery voltage

20

L/B

Overrun clutch solenoid valve

0V

22*

OR/B

Overdrive control or A/T check switch

Battery voltage

0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V

25

Ground

26

BR/Y

PNP switch 1 position

27

PNP switch 2 position

Battery voltage

28

R/B

Power source (Memory back-up)

or When turning ignition switch to ON. Battery voltage

29

Revolution sensor

When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function.*1 CAUTION: Connect the diagnosis data link 150 Hz cable to the vehicle diagnosis connector. *1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this item. When vehicle parks. Under 1.3V or over 4.5V

AT-94

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION


TCM Terminals and Reference Value (Contd)
Terminal No. 30*** 31*** 32 Judgement standard (Approx.) When setting selector lever to D position. When setting selector lever to other positions. When setting selector lever to R position. When setting selector lever to other positions. 4.5 - 5.5V

Wire color G/B GY/L R

Item Sensor power

Condition

GI MA EM

Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V

34

W/G

PNP switch D position

LC EC FE CL MT

35

G/W

PNP switch R position

36

PNP switch N or P position

When setting selector lever to N or Battery voltage P position. When setting selector lever to other positions. 0V

39

L/OR

Engine speed signal

Refer to EC-66* or EC-294**, ECM INSPECTION TABLE.

AX
40 PU/R Vehicle speed sensor Voltage varies When moving vehicle at 2 to 3 km/h between less (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more. than 1V and more than 4.5V When depressing accelerator pedal slowly after warming up engine. (Voltage rises gradually in response to throttle position.) When depressing brake pedal. 45* R/G Stop lamp switch When releasing brake pedal. When ATF temperature is 20C (68F). When ATF temperature is 80C (176F). 0V 1.5V 0.5V Fully-closed throttle: 0.5V Fully-open throttle: 4V Battery voltage

SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

41

GY

Throttle position sensor* Accelerator pedal position sensor** Sensor ground

42

47

BR

A/T fluid temperature sensor

48

Ground

*: With conventional throttle control only **: With electric throttle control only ***: These terminals are connected to the data link connector.

AT-95

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY


Wiring Diagram AT MAIN

Wiring Diagram AT MAIN


WITH CONVENTIONAL THROTTLE CONTROL

NJAT0031

GAT103A

AT-96

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY


Wiring Diagram AT MAIN (Contd)

WITH ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX
GAT104A

AT-97

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY


Wiring Diagram AT MAIN (Contd)

TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE


Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Terminal No. Wire color Item Condition When turning ignition switch to ON. 10 BR/R Power source When turning ignition switch to OFF. 19 25 BR/R B Power source Ground Same as No. 10 When turning ignition switch to OFF. 28 R/B Power source (Memory back-up) or When turning ignition switch to ON. 0V

NJAT0031S01

Judgement standard (Approx.) Battery voltage

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

48

Ground

Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground.

NJAT0231

SAT611J

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 2. GO TO 3.

AT-98

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 28 and ground.

GI MA EM LC
SAT612JA

EC FE CL

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. GO TO 3.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items: Harness for short or open between battery, ignition switch and TCM terminals 10, 19 and 28 Fuse Ignition switch Refer to EL-10, POWER SUPPLY ROUTING. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Repair or replace damaged parts.

MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect TCM harness connector. 3. Check continuity between TCM terminals 25, 48 and ground. Refer to wiring diagram AT MAIN. Continuity should exist. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

AT-99

VEHICLE SPEED SENSORA/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)


Description

Description

NJAT0038

The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear parking pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal is sent to the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.

SAT357H

TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE


Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Terminal No. Wire color Item Condition

NJAT0038S01

Judgement standard (Approx.)

29

Revolution sensor

When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function.*1 CAUTION: Connect the diagnosis data link 150 Hz cable to the vehicle diagnosis connector. *1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this item. When vehicle parks. Under 1.3V or over 4.5V

42

Sensor ground

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC


Diagnostic trouble code : VHCL SPEED SENAT : 1st judgement flicker Malfunction is detected when ... TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor. Check items (Possible cause)

NJAT0038S02

Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Revolution sensor

AT-100

VEHICLE SPEED SENSORA/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)


Description (Contd)

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE NJAT0038S04


After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

With CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3)
SAT014K

NJAT0038S0401

Start engine. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULTII. Drive vehicle under the following conditions: Selector lever in D position, vehicle speed higher than 30 km/h (19 MPH), throttle opening greater than 1/8 of the full throttle position and driving for more than 5 seconds.

Without CONSULT-II
1) 2)

NJAT0038S0402

3)

Start engine. Drive vehicle under the following conditions: Selector lever in D position, vehicle speed higher than 30 km/h (19 MPH), throttle opening greater than 1/8 of the full throttle position and driving for more than 5 seconds. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II), AT-44.

SAT773K

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-101

VEHICLE SPEED SENSORA/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)


Wiring Diagram AT VSSA/T

Wiring Diagram AT VSSA/T

NJAT0201

GAT107A

AT-102

VEHICLE SPEED SENSORA/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)


Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (With CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.

NJAT0039

GI MA EM LC EC
SAT014K

FE CL MT

3. Read out the value of VHCL/S SEA/T while driving. Check the value changes according to driving speed.

AX
SAT614J

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. GO TO 2.

SU BR ST RS BT HA SC

CHECK REVOLUTION SENSOR (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine.

MTBL0575

EL IDX

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Check the following items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and revolution sensor Harness for short or open between ignition switch and revolution sensor

AT-103

VEHICLE SPEED SENSORA/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK DTC

Perform Self-diagnosis Code confirmation procedure, AT-101. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END GO TO 4.

CHECK TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-104

VEHICLE SPEED SENSORMTR


Description

Description

NJAT0079

The vehicle speed sensorMTR is built into the speedometer assembly. The sensor functions as an auxiliary device to the revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM will then use a signal sent from the vehicle speed sensorMTR.

GI MA EM

SAT059K

LC
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NJAT0079S01

Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Terminal No. Wire color Item Condition Judgement standard (Approx.)

EC FE CL MT
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
NJAT0079S02

40

PU/R

Vehicle speed sensor

Voltage varies When moving vehicle at 2 to 3 km/h between less (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more. than 1V and more than 4.5V

Diagnostic trouble code : VHCL SPEED SENMTR : 2nd judgement flicker

Malfunction is detected when ... TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.

Check items (Possible cause) Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Combination meter Vehicle speed sensor

AX SU BR

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE NJAT0079S04


After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

ST RS

With CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3)
SAT014K

NJAT0079S0401

Start engine. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULTII. Drive vehicle under the following conditions: Selector lever in D position and vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12 MPH).

BT HA SC EL IDX

Without CONSULT-II
1) 2)

NJAT0079S0402

3)

Start engine. Drive vehicle under the following conditions: Selector lever in D position and vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12 MPH). Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II), AT-44.

SAT774K

AT-105

VEHICLE SPEED SENSORMTR


Wiring Diagram AT VSSMTR

Wiring Diagram AT VSSMTR


WITH CONVENTIONAL THROTTLE CONTROL

NJAT0215

GAT117A

AT-106

VEHICLE SPEED SENSORMTR


Wiring Diagram AT VSSMTR (Contd)

WITH ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX
GAT118A

AT-107

VEHICLE SPEED SENSORMTR


Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out the value of VHCL/S SEMTR while driving. Check the value changes according to driving speed.

NJAT0080

SAT614J

Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 40 and ground while driving at 2 to 3 km/h (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more. Voltage: Voltage varies between less than 1V and more than 4.5V.

SAT465JA

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 2. Check the following items: Combination meter Refer to EL-86, METERS AND GAUGES. Vehicle speed sensor and ground circuit for vehicle speed sensor Refer to EL-86, METERS AND GAUGES. Harness for short or open between TCM and combination meter Harness for short or open between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor

CHECK DTC

Perform Self-diagnosis Code confirmation procedure, AT-105. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

AT-108

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR


Description

Description

NJAT0070

SAT004KA

WITH CONVENTIONAL THROTTLE CONTROL Throttle position sensor The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position and sends a signal to the TCM. Throttle position switch Consists of a wide open throttle position switch and a closed throttle position switch. The wide open throttle position switch sends a signal to the TCM when the throttle valve is open at least 1/2 of the full throttle position. The closed throttle position switch sends a signal to the TCM when the throttle valve is fully closed.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

WITH ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL The accelerator pedal position sensor is part of the system that controls throttle position. Accelerator pedal position signal is sent to the ECM. And the signal is also sent to TCM as throttle valve position signal.

AX SU BR

SAT768K

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR ST MODE NJAT0070S01


Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Monitor item THRTL POS SEN Fully-open throttle Approximately 4V Condition Fully-closed throttle Specification Approximately 0.5V

RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-109

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR


Description (Contd)

TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE


Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Terminal No. Wire color Item Condition When releasing accelerator pedal after warming up engine. When depressing accelerator pedal after warming up engine. When depressing accelerator pedal more than half-way after warming up engine. When releasing accelerator pedal after warming up engine. When depressing accelerator pedal slowly after warming up engine. (Voltage rises gradually in response to throttle position.)

=NJAT0070S02

Judgement standard (Approx.) Battery voltage 0V

16*

Y/PU

Closed throttle position switch (in throttle position switch) Wide open throttle position switch (in throttle position switch) Sensor power Throttle position sensor* Accelerator pedal position sensor** Sensor ground

Battery voltage

17*

LG

0V 4.5 - 5.5V Fully-closed throttle: 0.5V Fully-open throttle: 4V

32

41

GY

42

*: With conventional throttle control **: With electric throttle control

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC


Diagnostic trouble code : THROTTLE POSI SEN Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)

NJAT0070S03

: 3rd judgement flicker

Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) TCM receives an excessively low or high Throttle position sensor* voltage from the sensor. Throttle position switch* Accelerator pedal position sensor**

*: With conventional throttle control **: With electric throttle control

AT-110

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR


Description (Contd)

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE NJAT0070S05


After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

With CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3)
SAT014K

NJAT0070S0501

Start engine. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULTII. Drive vehicle under the following conditions: Selector lever in D position, vehicle speed higher than 10 km/h (6 MPH), throttle opening greater than 1/2 of the full throttle position and driving for more than 3 seconds.

Without CONSULT-II
1) 2)

NJAT0070S0502

3)

Start engine. Drive vehicle under the following conditions: Selector lever in D position, vehicle speed higher than 10 km/h (6 MPH), throttle opening greater than 1/2 of the full throttle position and driving for more than 3 seconds. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II), AT-44.

SAT775K

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-111

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR


Wiring Diagram AT TPS

Wiring Diagram AT TPS


WITH CONVENTIONAL THROTTLE CONTROL

NJAT0212

GAT113A

AT-112

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR


Wiring Diagram AT TPS (Contd)

WITH ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX
GAT114A

AT-113

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR


Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK DTC WITH ECM
Check P code with CONSULT-II ENGINE. Turn ignition switch ON and select SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode for ENGINE with CONSULT-II. Refer to EC-31 (with conventional throttle control) or EC-267 (with electric throttle control), Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL). OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-II) OK (Without CONSULTII) NG GO TO 2. GO TO 3. Check the malfunctioning system for engine control.

NJAT0071

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITH CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.

SAT014K

3. Read out the value of THRTL POS SEN. Voltage: Fully-closed throttle: Approximately 0.5V Fully-open throttle: Approximately 4V

SAT614J

OK or NG OK (With conventional throttle control) OK (With electric throttle control) NG GO TO 4. GO TO 6. Check harness for short or open between ECM and TCM regarding throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor circuit.

AT-114

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 41 and 42 while accelerator pedal is depressed slowly. Voltage: Fully-closed throttle valve: Approximately 0.5V Fully-open throttle valve: Approximately 4V (Voltage rises gradually in response to throttle position.)

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL
SAT453J

MT

OK or NG OK (With conventional throttle control) OK (With electric throttle control) NG GO TO 5. GO TO 6.

AX
Check harness for short or open between ECM and TCM regarding throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor circuit.

SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-115

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out CLOSED THL/SW and W/O THRL/P-SW depressing and releasing accelerator pedal. Check the signal of throttle position switch is indicated properly.

MTBL0011

SAT702J

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 6. Check the following items: Throttle position switch Refer to Components Inspection, AT-118. Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position switch Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and TCM

AT-116

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 16, 17 and ground while depressing, and releasing accelerator pedal slowly. (After warming up engine)

GI MA EM LC

MTBL0577

EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR
SAT454JA

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 6. Check the following items: Throttle position switch Refer to Components Inspection, AT-118. Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position switch Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and TCM

ST RS BT HA

CHECK DTC

Perform Self-diagnosis Code confirmation procedure, AT-111. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

SC EL IDX

AT-117

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR


Component Inspection

Component Inspection
THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH Closed Throttle Position Switch (Idle position)
Check continuity between terminals 4 and 5.
Accelerator pedal condition Released Depressed
SAT851JA

=NJAT0072 NJAT0072S01 NJAT0072S0101

Continuity Yes No

To adjust closed throttle position switch, refer to EC-38, Basic Inspection.

Wide Open Throttle Position Switch


Check continuity between terminals 5 and 6.
Accelerator pedal condition Released Depressed Continuity No Yes

NJAT0072S0102

SAT852JA

AT-118

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A


Description

Description

NJAT0064

Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned ON or OFF by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position.

GI MA EM

SAT322GC

LC
2 OFF (Open) ON (Closed) 3 OFF (Open) OFF (Open) 4 ON (Closed) OFF (Open)

Gear position Shift solenoid valve A Shift solenoid valve B

1 ON (Closed) ON (Closed)

EC FE CL

TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE


Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Terminal No. Wire color Item Condition When shift solenoid valve A operates. (When driving in D1 or D4.) When shift solenoid valve A does not operate. (When driving in D2 or D3.)

NJAT0064S01

Judgement standard (Approx.) Battery voltage

MT

11

L/W

Shift solenoid valve A

0V

AX
NJAT0064S02

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC


Diagnostic trouble code : SHIFT SOLENOID/VA : 4th judgement flicker Malfunction is detected when ... TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. Check items (Possible cause)

SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) Shift solenoid valve A

AT-119

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A


Description (Contd)

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE NJAT0064S04


After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

With CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3)
SAT014K

NJAT0064S0401

Start engine. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULTII. Drive vehicle in D1 , D2 position.

Without CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3) Start engine. Drive vehicle in D1 , D2 position. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CONSULT-II), AT-44.

NJAT0064S0402

(Without

SAT776K

AT-120

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A


Wiring Diagram AT SSV/A

Wiring Diagram AT SSV/A

NJAT0210

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX
GAT111A

AT-121

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A


Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment. 3. Check resistance between terminal 2 and ground. Resistance: 20 - 30

NJAT0065

SAT900JA

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 2. 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Shift solenoid valve A Refer to Component Inspection, AT-124. Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open

AT-122

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect TCM harness connector. 3. Check continuity between terminal 2 and TCM harness connector terminal 11. Continuity should exist.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

SAT901JB

If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 4. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

AX SU BR ST

CHECK DTC

Perform Self-diagnosis Code confirmation procedure, AT-120. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-123

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A


Component Inspection

Component Inspection
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
For removal, refer to AT-234.

NJAT0066 NJAT0066S01

Resistance Check
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve Shift solenoid valve A 2 Terminal No. Ground

NJAT0066S0101

Resistance (Approx.) 20 - 30

SAT021K

Operation Check

NJAT0066S0102

Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.

SAT022K

AT-124

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B


Description

Description

NJAT0067

Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned ON or OFF by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position.

GI MA EM

SAT322GC

LC
2 OFF (Open) ON (Closed) 3 OFF (Open) OFF (Open) 4 ON (Closed) OFF (Open)

Gear position Shift solenoid valve A Shift solenoid valve B

1 ON (Closed) ON (Closed)

EC FE CL

TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE


Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Terminal No. Wire color Item Condition When shift solenoid valve B operates. (When driving in D1 or D2.) When shift solenoid valve B does not operate. (When driving in D3 or D4.)

NJAT0067S01

Judgement standard (Approx.) Battery voltage

MT

12

L/Y

Shift solenoid valve B

0V

AX
NJAT0067S02

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC


Diagnostic trouble code : SHIFT SOLENOID/VB : 5th judgement flicker Malfunction is detected when ... TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. Check items (Possible cause)

SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) Shift solenoid valve B

AT-125

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B


Description (Contd)

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE NJAT0067S04


After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

With CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3)
SAT014K

NJAT0067S0401

Start engine. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULTII. Drive vehicle in D1 , D2 , D3 position.

Without CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3) Start engine. Drive vehicle in D1 , D2 , D3 position. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CONSULT-II), AT-44.

NJAT0067S0402

(Without

SAT777K

AT-126

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B


Wiring Diagram AT SSV/B

Wiring Diagram AT SSV/B

NJAT0211

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX
GAT112A

AT-127

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B


Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment. 3. Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground. Resistance: 5 - 20

NJAT0068

SAT904JA

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 2. 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Shift solenoid valve B Refer to Component Inspection, AT-130. Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open

AT-128

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect TCM harness connector. 3. Check continuity between terminal 12 and TCM harness connector terminal 1. Continuity should exist.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

SAT905JA

If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 4. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

AX SU BR ST

CHECK DTC

Perform Self-diagnosis Code confirmation procedure, AT-126. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-129

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B


Component Inspection

Component Inspection
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
For removal, refer to AT-234.

NJAT0069 NJAT0069S01

Resistance Check
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve Shift solenoid valve B 1 Terminal No. Ground

NJAT0069S0101

Resistance (Approx.) 5 - 20

SAT023K

Operation Check

NJAT0069S0102

Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.

SAT024K

AT-130

OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE


Description

Description

NJAT0073

The overrun clutch solenoid valve is activated by the TCM in response to signals sent from the inhibitor switch, overdrive control switch, vehicle speed and throttle position sensors. The overrun clutch operation will then be controlled.

GI MA EM

SAT322GC

LC
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NJAT0073S01

Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Terminal No. Wire color Item Condition Judgement standard (Approx.)

EC FE CL MT
NJAT0073S02

20

L/B

Overrun clutch solenoid valve

When overrun clutch solenoid valve Battery voltage operates. When overrun clutch solenoid valve 0V does not operate.

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC


Diagnostic trouble code : OVERRUN CLUTCH S/V : 6th judgement flicker Malfunction is detected when ... TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. Check items (Possible cause)

Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) Overrun clutch solenoid valve

AX SU BR

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE NJAT0073S04


After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

ST RS

With CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3)
SAT014K

NJAT0073S0401

Start engine. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULTII. Drive vehicle under the following conditions: Selector lever in D position, overdrive control switch in OFF position and vehicle speed higher than 10 km/h (6 MPH).

BT HA SC EL IDX

Without CONSULT-II
1) 2)

NJAT0073S0402

3)

Start engine. Drive vehicle under the following conditions: Selector lever in D position, overdrive control switch in OFF position and vehicle speed higher than 10 km/h (6 MPH). Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II), AT-44.

SAT778K

AT-131

OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE


Wiring Diagram AT OVRCSV

Wiring Diagram AT OVRCSV

NJAT0213

GAT115A

AT-132

OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE


Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment. 3. Check resistance between terminal 3 and ground. Resistance: 20 - 30

NJAT0074

GI MA EM LC EC FE
SAT908JA

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 2. 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Overrun clutch solenoid valve Refer to Component Inspection, AT-135. Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open

CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-133

OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect TCM harness connector. 3. Check continuity between terminal 3 and TCM harness connector terminal 20. Continuity should exist.

SAT909JA

If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 4. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK DTC

Perform Self-diagnosis Code confirmation procedure, AT-131. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

AT-134

OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE


Component Inspection

Component Inspection
OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
For removal, refer to AT-234.

NJAT0075 NJAT0075S01

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL

Resistance Check
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve Overrun clutch solenoid valve 3 Terminal No. Ground

NJAT0075S0101

Resistance (Approx.) 20 - 30

SAT910JA

MT
Operation Check

NJAT0075S0102

Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA
SAT911JA

SC EL IDX

AT-135

TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE


Description

Description

NJAT0055

The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the gear in D4, by the TCM in response to signals sent from the vehicle speed and throttle position sensors. Lock-up piston operation will then be controlled. Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low. When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2/8) in lock-up condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
SAT322GC

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE NJAT0055S01


Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Torque converter clutch solenoid valve duty Condition Lock-up OFF " Lock-up ON Specification Approximately 4% " Approximately 94%

TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE


Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Terminal No. Wire color Item Condition

NJAT0055S02

Judgement standard (Approx.) 8 - 15V

GY/R

Torque converter clutch solenoid valve

When A/T performs lock-up. When A/T does not perform lockup.

0V

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC


Diagnostic trouble code : T/C CLUTCH SOL/V : 7th judgement flicker Malfunction is detected when ... TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. Check items (Possible cause)

NJAT0055S03

Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) T/C clutch solenoid valve

AT-136

TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE


Description (Contd)

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE NJAT0055S05


After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL

With CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3)
SAT014K

NJAT0055S0501

Start engine. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULTII. Drive vehicle in D1 , D2 , D3 , D4 , D4 lock-up position.

Without CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3)

NJAT0055S0502

Start engine. Drive vehicle in D1 , D2 , D3 , D4 , D4 lock-up position. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II), AT-44.

SAT779K

MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-137

TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE


Wiring Diagram AT TCV

Wiring Diagram AT TCV

NJAT0207

GAT109A

AT-138

TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE


Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment. 3. Check resistance between terminal 5 and ground. Resistance: 5 - 20

NJAT0056

GI MA EM LC EC FE
SAT889JA

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 2. 1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Refer to Component Inspection, AT-141. Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open

CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-139

TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect TCM harness connector. 3. Check continuity between terminal 5 and TCM harness connector terminal 3. Continuity should exist.

SAT890JA

If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 4. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK DTC

Perform Self-diagnosis Code confirmation procedure, AT-137. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

AT-140

TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE


Component Inspection

Component Inspection
For removal, refer to AT-234.

NJAT0057

TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE NJAT0057S01 Resistance Check


Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Terminal No. Resistance (Approx.) Ground 5 - 20
NJAT0057S0101

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL

SAT025K

MT
Operation Check

NJAT0057S0102

Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA
SAT026K

SC EL IDX

AT-141

BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE)
Description

Description

NJAT0076

The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature and sends a signal to the TCM.

SAT283HC

SAT021J

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE NJAT0076S01


Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/T fluid temperature sensor Condition Cold [20C (68F)] " Hot [80C (176F)] Specification (Approximately) 1.5V " 0.5V 2.5 k " 0.3 k

TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE


Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Terminal No. Wire color Item Condition When turning ignition switch to ON. 10 BR/R Power source When turning ignition switch to OFF. 19 BR/R Power source Same as No. 10 When turning ignition switch to OFF. 28 R/B Power source (Memory back-up) or When turning ignition switch to ON. 42 B Sensor ground When ATF temperature is 20C (68F). When ATF temperature is 80C (176F). 1.5V 0.5V 0V

NJAT0076S02

Judgement standard (Approx.) Battery voltage

Battery voltage

Battery voltage

47

BR

A/T fluid temperature sensor

AT-142

BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE)
Description (Contd)

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC


Diagnostic trouble code : BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN : 8th judgement flicker Malfunction is detected when ... TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the sensor. Check items (Possible cause)

NJAT0076S03

GI MA EM LC

Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) A/T fluid temperature sensor

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE NJAT0076S05


After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

EC FE CL MT

With CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3)
SAT014K

NJAT0076S0501

Start engine. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULTII. Drive vehicle under the following conditions: Selector lever in D position, vehicle speed higher than 10 km/h (6 MPH), throttle opening greater than 1/8 of the full open position, engine speed higher than 450 rpm and driving for more than 10 minutes.

Without CONSULT-II
1) 2)

NJAT0076S0502

3)
SAT780K

Start engine. Drive vehicle under the following conditions: Selector lever in D position, vehicle speed higher than 10 km/h (6 MPH), throttle opening greater than 1/8 of the full open position, engine speed higher than 450 rpm and driving for more than 10 minutes. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II), AT-44.

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-143

BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE)
Wiring Diagram AT BA/FTS

Wiring Diagram AT BA/FTS

NJAT0214

GAT116A

AT-144

BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE)
Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground. Voltage: Battery voltage 3. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 4. Check voltage between TCM terminal 28 and ground. Voltage: Battery voltage

NJAT0077

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL
SAT461J

MT

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 2. Check the following items: Harness for short or open between battery, ignition switch and TCM Ignition switch and fuse Refer to EL-10, POWER SUPPLY ROUTING.

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-145

BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE)
Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment. 3. Check resistance between terminals 6 and 7 when A/T is cold. Resistance: Cold [20C (68F)] Approximately 2.5 k

SAT912JA

4. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-II) OK (Without CONSULTII) NG GO TO 3. GO TO 4. 1. Remove oil pan. 2. Check the following items: A/T fluid temperature sensor Refer to Component Inspection, AT-148. Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out the value of FLUID TEMP SE. Voltage: Cold [20C (68F)] Hot [80C (176F)]: Approximately 1.5V 0.5V

SAT614J

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 5. Check the following item: Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and terminal cord assembly Ground circuit for ECM Refer to EC-88 (with conventional throttle control) or EC-321 (with electric throttle control), POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM.

AT-146

BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE)
Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 47 and ground while warming up A/T. Voltage: Cold [20C (68F)] Hot [80C (176F)]: Approximately 1.5V 0.5V

GI MA EM LC EC FE
SAT463J

3. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 4. Disconnect TCM harness connector. 5. Check resistance between terminal 42 and ground. Continuity should exist.

CL MT

AX SU
SAT464J

BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 5. Check the following item: Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and terminal cord assembly Ground circuit for ECM Refer to EC-88 (with conventional throttle control) or EC-321 (with electric throttle control), POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM.

CHECK DTC

Perform Self-diagnosis Code confirmation procedure, AT-143. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

AT-147

BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE)
Component Inspection

Component Inspection
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR

NJAT0078 NJAT0078S01

For removal, refer to AT-234. Check resistance between two terminals while changing temperature as shown at left.
Temperature C (F) 20 (68) 80 (176) Resistance Approximately 2.5 k Approximately 0.3 k

SAT298F

AT-148

ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL


Description

Description
The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.

NJAT0041

TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE


Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Terminal No. Wire color Item Condition

GI MA EM LC EC

NJAT0041S01

Judgement standard (Approx.)

39

L/OR

Engine speed signal

Refer to EC-66* or EC-294**, ECM INSPECTION TABLE.

*: With conventional throttle control **: With electric throttle control

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC


Diagnostic trouble code : ENGINE SPEED SIG : 9th judgement flicker Malfunction is detected when ... Check item (Possible cause)

FE
NJAT0041S02

CL MT

TCM does not receive the proper voltage Harness or connectors signal from ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE NJAT0041S04


After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

With CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3)
SAT014K

NJAT0041S0401

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

Start engine. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULTII. Drive vehicle under the following conditions: Selector lever in D position, vehicle speed higher than 10 km/h (6 MPH), throttle opening greater than 1/8 of the full throttle position and driving for more than 10 seconds.

Without CONSULT-II
1) 2)

NJAT0041S0402

3)

Start engine. Drive vehicle under the following conditions: Selector lever in D position, vehicle speed higher than 10 km/h (6 MPH), throttle opening greater than 1/8 of the full throttle position and driving for more than 10 seconds. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II), AT-44.

SAT781K

AT-149

ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL


Wiring Diagram AT ENGSS

Wiring Diagram AT ENGSS

NJAT0202

GAT108A

AT-150

ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL


Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK DTC WITH ECM
Perform diagnostic test mode II (self-diagnostic results) for engine control. Check ignition signal circuit condition. OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-II) OK (Without CONSULTII) NG GO TO 2. GO TO 3.

NJAT0042

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

Check ignition signal circuit for engine control. Refer to EC-153, DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL (with conventional throttle control) or EC-383, DTC P0350 IGNITION SIGNAL (with electric throttle control).

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.

AX
SAT014K

3. Read out the value of ENGINE SPEED. Check engine speed changes according to throttle position.

SU BR ST RS
SAT645J

BT HA SC EL IDX

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Check the following items: Harness for short or open between TCM and ECM Resistor and ignition coil Refer to EC-153, DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL (with conventional throttle control) or EC-383, DTC P0350 IGNITION SIGNAL (with electric throttle control).

AT-151

ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (Without CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 39 and ground. Voltage (Idle speed): Refer to EC-66 or EC-294, ECM INSPECTION TABLE.

SAT424JA

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Check the following items: Harness for short or open between TCM and ECM Resistor and ignition coil Refer to EC-153, DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL (with conventional throttle control) or EC-383, DTC P0350 IGNITION SIGNAL (with electric throttle control).

CHECK DTC

Perform Self-diagnosis Code confirmation procedure, AT-149. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

AT-152

LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE


Description

Description

NJAT0061

The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent from the TCM. The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the closed throttle position signal is ON. To confirm the line pressure duty cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle) should be open until the closed throttle position signal is OFF.
SAT283HC

GI MA EM LC

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE NJAT0061S01


Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition Small throttle opening (Low line pressure) " Large throttle opening (High line pressure) Specification Approximately 24% " Approximately 95%

EC FE CL MT

Line pressure solenoid valve duty

NOTE: The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the closed throttle position signal is ON. To confirm the line pressure duty cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle) should be open until the closed throttle position signal is OFF.

TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE


Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Terminal No. Wire color Item Condition When releasing accelerator pedal after warming up engine.

NJAT0061S02

Judgement standard (Approx.) 1.5 - 2.5V

AX SU BR ST RS

R/W

Line pressure solenoid valve

When depressing accelerator pedal 0V fully after warming up engine. When releasing accelerator pedal after warming up engine. 5 - 14V

P/B

Line pressure solenoid valve (with dropping resistor)

When depressing accelerator pedal 0V fully after warming up engine.

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC


Diagnostic trouble code : LINE PRESSURE S/V : 10th judgement flicker Malfunction is detected when ... TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. Check items (Possible cause)

NJAT0061S03

BT HA SC EL IDX

Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) Line pressure solenoid valve

AT-153

LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE


Description (Contd)

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE NJAT0061S05


After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

With CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3)
SAT014K

NJAT0061S0501

Start engine. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULTII. With brake pedal depressed, shift the lever from P , N , D , N , P positions.

Without CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3)

NJAT0061S0502

Start engine. With brake pedal depressed, shift the lever from P , N , D , N , P positions. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II), AT-44.

SAT782K

AT-154

LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE


Wiring Diagram AT LPSV

Wiring Diagram AT LPSV

NJAT0209

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX
GAT110A

AT-155

LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE


Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment. 3. Check resistance between terminal 4 and ground. Resistance: 2.5 - 5

NJAT0062

SAT895JA

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 2. 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Line pressure solenoid valve Refer to Component Inspection, AT-159. Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open

AT-156

LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect TCM harness connector. 3. Check resistance between terminal 4 and TCM harness connector terminal 2. Resistance: 10 - 15

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX
SAT896JA

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Check the following items: Dropping resistor Refer to Component Inspection, AT-159. Harness for short or open between TCM terminal 2 and terminal cord assembly

SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-157

LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Check resistance between terminal 4 and TCM harness connector terminal 1. Resistance: Approx. 0

SAT897JA

If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 3. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

CHECK DTC

Perform Self-diagnosis Code confirmation procedure, AT-154. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

AT-158

LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE


Component Inspection

Component Inspection
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
For removal, refer to AT-234.

=NJAT0063 NJAT0063S01

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL

Resistance Check
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve Line pressure solenoid valve 4 Terminal No. Ground

NJAT0063S0101

Resistance (Approx.) 2.5 - 5

SAT898JA

MT
Operation Check

NJAT0063S0102

Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA
SAT899JA

DROPPING RESISTOR
Check resistance between two terminals. Resistance: 10 - 15

NJAT0063S02

SC EL IDX

SAT003K

AT-159

CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


Description

Description

NJAT0363

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control units transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE


Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Terminal No. 5 6 Wire color L R Item CAN-H (high) CAN-L (low) Condition Judgement standard (Approx.)

NJAT0363S01

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC


Diagnostic trouble code : CAN COMM CIRCUIT : 11th judgement flicker Malfunction is detected when ... When an error is detected in CAN communication line. Check item (Possible cause)

NJAT0363S02

Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.)

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE NJAT0363S03


After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.

With CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3)
SAT014K

NJAT0363S0301

Turn ignition switch ON. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 6 seconds or start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds.

Without CONSULT-II
1) 2) 3)

NJAT0363S0302

Turn ignition switch ON. Wait at least 6 seconds or start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II), AT-44.

SAT783K

AT-160

CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


Wiring Diagram AT CAN

Wiring Diagram AT CAN

NJAT0364

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX
GAT120A

AT-161

CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position and start engine. 2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 3. The CAN COMM CIRCUIT is detected.

NJAT0365

PCIA0061E

Yes or No? Yes No Print out CONSULT-II screen, GO TO 2. INSPECTION END

CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SIGNALS

With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position and start engine. 2. Select CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. CAN Communication Signals

MTBL1797

Print out CONSULT-II screen, go to EL-304, Can Communication Unit.

AT-162

CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)


Description

Description

NJAT0326

The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T.

GI MA EM

SAT574J

LC
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
NJAT0326S01

Diagnostic Trouble Code No. : CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)

Malfunction is detected when .... TCM memory (RAM) or (ROM) is malfunctioning.

Check Item (Possible Cause) TCM

EC FE CL MT

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE NJAT0326S02


After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. With CONSULT-II 1) Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 2) Start engine. 3) Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
SAT014K

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA

SAT971J

Diagnostic Procedure
1 INSPECTION START (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select SELF DIAGNOSIS mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 2. Touch ERASE. GO TO 2.

NJAT0327

SC EL IDX

AT-163

CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK DTC
GO TO 3.

Perform SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCECDURE, AT-163.

CHECK DTC AGAIN

Is the CONTROL UNIT (RAM) or CONTROL UNIT (ROM) displayed again? Yes or No Yes No Replace TCM. INSPECTION END

AT-164

CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)


Description

Description

NJAT0328

The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T.

GI MA EM

SAT574J

LC
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
NJAT0328S01

Diagnostic trouble code : CONT UNIT (EEP ROM)

Malfunction is detected when ... TCM memory (EEP ROM) is malfunctioning.

Check item (Possible cause) TCM

EC FE CL MT

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE NJAT0328S02


After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. With CONSULT-II 1) Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 2) Start engine. 3) Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
SAT014K

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA

SAT971J

SC EL IDX

AT-165

CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)


Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
1 CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select SELF DIAGNOSIS mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 2. Move selector lever to R position. 3. Depress accelerator pedal (Full throttle position). 4. Touch ERASE. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF position for 10 seconds. PERFORM DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. See previous page. Is the CONT UNIT (EEP ROM) displayed again? Yes No Replace TCM. INSPECTION END

NJAT0329

AT-166

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Wiring Diagram AT NONDTC

Wiring Diagram AT NONDTC


WITH CONVENTIONAL THROTTLE CONTROL

NJAT0353 NJAT0353S01

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

GAT121A

AT-167

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Wiring Diagram AT NONDTC (Contd)

GAT122A

AT-168

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Wiring Diagram AT NONDTC (Contd)

WITH ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL

NJAT0353S02

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX
GAT123A

AT-169

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Wiring Diagram AT NONDTC (Contd)

GAT124A

AT-170

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Wiring Diagram AT NONDTC (Contd)

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX
GAT125A

AT-171

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


O/D OFF or A/T CHECK Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On

O/D OFF or A/T CHECK Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On

=NJAT0331

SYMPTOM: O/D OFF or A/T check indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch to ON.

CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE

1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground. Voltage: Battery voltage

SAT467J

3. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 4. Check voltage between TCM terminal 28 and ground. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK NG GO TO 2. Check the following items: Harness for short or open between battery, ignition switch and TCM terminals 10, 19 and 28 Refer to Wiring Diagram AT MAIN, AT-96. Ignition switch and fuse Refer to EL-10, POWER SUPPLY ROUTING.

AT-172

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


O/D OFF or A/T CHECK Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On (Contd)

CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect TCM harness connector. 3. Check continuity between TCM terminals 25, 48 and ground.

GI MA EM LC EC
SAT468J

Continuity should exist. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Refer to Wiring Diagram AT MAIN, AT-96.

FE CL MT

CHECK LAMP CIRCUIT

Check the following items: O/D OFF or A/T CHECK indicator lamp. Refer to EL-86, METERS AND GAUGES. Harness and fuse for short or open between ignition switch and O/D OFF or A/T CHECK indicator lamp Refer to EL-10, POWER SUPPLY ROUTING. Harness for short or open between O/D OFF or A/T CHECK indicator lamp and TCM. (With conventional throttle control) OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Repair or replace damaged parts.

AX SU BR ST

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-173

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Engine Cannot Be Started In P and N Position

Engine Cannot Be Started In P and N Position

=NJAT0332

SYMPTOM: Engine cannot be started with selector lever in P or N position. Engine can be started with selector lever in D, 2, 1 or R position.
1 CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II Does TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR show damage to PNP switch circuit? Without CONSULT-II Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?

SCIA0706E

Yes or No Yes No Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate, AT-212. GO TO 2.

CHECK PNP SWITCH INSPECTION

Check for short or open of PNP switch harness connector terminals 1 and 2. Refer to TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate, AT-212.

SAT408JA

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Repair or replace PNP switch.

AT-174

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Engine Cannot Be Started In P and N Position (Contd)

CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check control cable. Refer to AT-235.

GI MA EM LC
SAT023JB

EC FE CL

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-235.

CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Check starting system. Refer to SC-13, STARTING SYSTEM. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END Repair or replace damaged parts.

MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-175

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


In P Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed

In P Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed

=NJAT0333

SYMPTOM: Vehicle moves when it is pushed forward or backward with selector lever in P position.
1 CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-235.

SAT023JB

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 2. Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-235.

CHECK PARKING COMPONENTS

Check parking components. Refer to Parking Pawl Components, AT-244, 245.

SAT282F

OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-176

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


In N Position, Vehicle Moves

In N Position, Vehicle Moves

=NJAT0334

SYMPTOM: Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting N position.


1 CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-235.

GI MA EM LC EC FE

SAT023JB

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 2. Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-235.

CL MT

CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level again.

AX SU BR
SAT638A

ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Refill ATF.

AT-177

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


In N Position, Vehicle Moves (Contd)

CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. 2. Check A/T fluid condition.

SAT171B

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. 1. Disassemble A/T. 2. Check the following items: Forward clutch assembly Overrun clutch assembly Reverse clutch assembly

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

AT-178

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Large Shock. N R Position

Large Shock. N R Position


1 CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

=NJAT0335

SYMPTOM: There is large shock when changing from N to R position.


Does self-diagnosis show damage to A/T fluid temperature sensor, line pressure solenoid valve or throttle position sensor (or accelerator pedal position sensor) circuit? Yes or No Yes Check damaged circuit. Refer to the following items. LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE: AT-153 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR: AT-109 BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE: AT-142 GO TO 2.

GI MA EM LC EC FE

No

CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in D position. Refer to Line Pressure Test, AT-61.

CL MT

AX
SAT494G

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter) Line pressure solenoid valve Oil pump assembly

SU BR ST RS BT

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

HA SC EL IDX

AT-179

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position

Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position


1 CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

=NJAT0336

SYMPTOM: Vehicle does not creep backward when selecting R position.


Check A/T fluid level again.

SAT638A

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 2. Refill ATF.

CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in R position. Refer to Line Pressure Test, AT-61.

SAT494G

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to ON-VEHICLE SERVICE, AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter) Line pressure solenoid valve 3. Disassemble A/T. 4. Check the following item: Oil pump assembly

AT-180

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position (Contd)

CHECK STALL TEST

Check stall revolution with selector lever in 1 and R positions. Refer to STALL TEST, AT-57.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

SAT493G

OK or NG OK OK in 1 position, NG in R position GO TO 4. 1. Disassemble A/T. 2. Check the following items: Reverse clutch assembly Low & reverse brake assembly GO TO 6.

NG in both 1 and R positions

CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. 2. Check A/T fluid condition.

AX SU BR ST
SAT171B

RS BT HA

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 5. GO TO 6.

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

SC EL IDX

AT-181

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position (Contd)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Disassemble A/T. 2. Check the following items: Reverse clutch assembly High clutch assembly Low & reverse brake assembly Forward clutch assembly Overrun clutch assembly OK or NG OK NG GO TO 5. Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-182

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position

Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position

=NJAT0337

SYMPTOM: Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting D, 2 or 1 position.


1 CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level again.

GI MA EM LC EC FE

SAT638A

CL MT

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 2. Refill ATF.

CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in D position. Refer to Line Pressure Test , AT-61.

AX SU BR ST
SAT494G

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter) Line pressure solenoid valve 3. Disassemble A/T. 4. Check the following item: Oil pump assembly

RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-183

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position (Contd)

CHECK STALL TEST

Check stall revolution with selector lever in D position. Refer to Stall Test, AT-57.

SAT493G

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. GO TO 6.

CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. 2. Check A/T fluid condition.

SAT171B

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 5. GO TO 6.

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

AT-184

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position (Contd)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter) Line pressure solenoid valve 3. Disassemble A/T. 4. Check the following items: Forward clutch assembly Forward one-way clutch Low one-way clutch Reverse clutch assembly High clutch assembly OK or NG OK NG GO TO 5. Repair or replace damaged parts.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-185

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1

Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1


1 CHECK SYMPTOM

=NJAT0338

SYMPTOM: Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on Cruise test Part 1.


Is Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position OK? Yes or No Yes No GO TO 2. Go to Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position, AT-180.

CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensorA/T (revolution sensor), shift solenoid valve A, B overrun clutch solenoid valve, torque converter clutch solenoid valve, or vehicle speed sensorMTR after cruise test? Yes or No Yes Check damaged circuit. Refer to the following items. VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR): AT-100 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A: AT-119 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B: AT-125 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE: AT-131 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE: AT-136 VHCL SPEED SENMTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSORMTR: AT-105 GO TO 3.

No

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

Check throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to AT-109, THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.

SAT769K

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Repair or replace throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor.

AT-186

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 (Contd)

CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at stall point with selector lever in D position. Refer to Line Pressure Test, AT-61.

GI MA EM LC
SAT494G

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 5. GO TO 8.

EC FE CL MT

CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. 2. Check A/T fluid condition.

AX SU
SAT171B

BR ST RS BT HA SC

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 6. GO TO 8.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Shift valve A Shift valve B Shift solenoid valve A Shift solenoid valve B Pilot valve Pilot filter OK or NG OK NG GO TO 7. Repair or replace damaged parts.

EL IDX

AT-187

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 (Contd)

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Shift valve A Shift valve B Shift solenoid valve A Shift solenoid valve B Pilot valve Pilot filter 3. Disassemble A/T. 4. Check the following items: Forward clutch assembly Torque converter Oil pump assembly Reverse clutch assembly Low & reverse brake assembly OK or NG OK NG GO TO 7. Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-188

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 D2

A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 D2

=NJAT0339

SYMPTOM: A/T does not shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed. A/T does not shift from D4 to D2 when depressing accelerator pedal fully at the specified speed.
1 CHECK SYMPTOM
Are Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position and Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 OK? Yes or No Yes No GO TO 2. Go to Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position and Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1, AT-183, 186.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check control cable. Refer to AT-235.

AX
SAT023JB

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-235.

SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSORA/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) AND CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSORMTR CIRCUIT

Check vehicle speed sensorA/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR circuit. Refer to AT-100 and AT-105. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Repair or replace vehicle speed sensorA/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR circuits.

AT-189

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 D2 (Contd)

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

Check throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to AT-109, THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.

SAT769K

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 5. Repair or replace throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor.

CHECK A/T FLUID CONIDITION

1. Remove oil pan. 2. Check A/T fluid condition.

SAT171B

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 6. GO TO 8.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Shift valve A Shift valve B Shift solenoid valve A Shift solenoid valve B Pilot valve Pilot filter OK or NG OK NG GO TO 7. Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-190

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 D2 (Contd)

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT
OK or NG

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Shift valve A Shift valve B Shift solenoid valve A Shift solenoid valve B Pilot valve Pilot filter 3. Disassemble A/T. 4. Check the following items: Servo piston assembly Brake band

OK NG

GO TO 7. Repair or replace damaged parts.

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-191

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3

A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3


SYMPTOM: A/T does not shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed.
1 CHECK SYMPTOM
Are Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position and Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 OK? Yes or No Yes No GO TO 2.

=NJAT0340

Go to Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position and Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1, AT-183, 186.

CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check control cable. Refer to AT-235.

SAT023JB

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-235.

CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSORA/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) AND CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSORMTR CIRCUIT

Check vehicle speed sensorA/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR circuit. Refer to AT-100 and AT-105. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Repair or replace vehicle speed sensorA/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR circuits.

AT-192

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3 (Contd)

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

Check throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to AT-109, THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.

GI MA EM LC EC

SAT769K

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 5. Repair or replace throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor.

FE CL MT

CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. 2. Check A/T fluid condition.

AX SU BR
SAT171B

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 6. GO TO 8.

ST RS BT HA SC

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Shift valve B Shift solenoid valve B Pilot valve Pilot filter OK or NG OK NG GO TO 7. Repair or replace damaged parts.

EL IDX

AT-193

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3 (Contd)

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Shift valve B Shift solenoid valve B Pilot valve Pilot filter 3. Disassemble A/T. 4. Check the following items: Servo piston assembly High clutch assembly Brake band OK or NG OK NG GO TO 7. Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-194

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4

A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4

=NJAT0341

SYMPTOM: A/T does not shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed. A/T must be warm before D3 to D4 shift will occur.
1 CHECK SYMPTOM
Are Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position and Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 OK? Yes or No Yes No GO TO 2. Go to Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position and Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1, AT-183, 186.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Does self-diagnosis, after cruise test, show damage to any of the following circuits? PNP switch Overdrive control switch A/T fluid temperature sensor Vehicle speed sensorA/T (revolution sensor) Shift solenoid valve A or B Vehicle speed sensorMTR Yes or No Yes Check damaged circuit. Refer to the following items. VEHICLE SPEED SENSORA/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR): AT-100 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A: AT-119 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B: AT-125 BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE): AT-142 VHCL SPEED SENMTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSORMTR: AT-105 TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate: AT-212 GO TO 3.

AX SU BR

No

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

Check throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to AT-109, THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.

ST RS BT HA

SAT769K

SC EL IDX

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Repair or replace throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor.

AT-195

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4 (Contd)

CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. 2. Check A/T fluid condition.

SAT171B

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 5. GO TO 7.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Shift valve A Overrun clutch control valve Shift solenoid valve A Pilot valve Pilot filter OK or NG OK NG GO TO 6. Repair or replace damaged parts.

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

AT-196

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4 (Contd)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Shift valve A Shift solenoid valve A Pilot valve Pilot filter 3. Disassemble A/T. 4. Check the following items: Servo piston assembly Brake band OK or NG OK NG GO TO 6. Repair or replace damaged parts.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-197

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up

A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up


SYMPTOM: A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed.
1 CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensorA/T (revolution sensor), vehicle speed sensorMTR, torque converter clutch solenoid valve, A/T fluid temperature sensor or engine speed signal after cruise test? Yes or No Yes

=NJAT0342

Check damaged circuit. Refer to the following items. VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR): AT-100 VHCL SPEED SENMTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSORMTR: AT-105 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE: AT-136 BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE: AT-142 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL: AT-149 GO TO 2.

No

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

Check throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to AT-109, THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.

SAT769K

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Repair or replace throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Torque converter clutch control valve Torque converter relief valve Pilot valve Pilot filter 3. Disassemble A/T. 4. Check torque converter. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-198

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up (Contd)

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-199

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition

A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition


1 CHECK DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

=NJAT0343

SYMPTOM: A/T does not hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds.
Does self-diagnosis show damage to engine speed signal circuit after cruise test? Yes or No Yes No Check engine speed signal circuit. Refer to AT-149. GO TO 2.

CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. 2. Check A/T fluid condition.

SAT171B

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Torque converter clutch control valve Pilot valve Pilot filter OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Repair or replace damaged parts.

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

AT-200

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition (Contd)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Torque converter clutch control valve Pilot valve Pilot filter 3. Disassemble A/T. 4. Check torque converter. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Repair or replace damaged parts.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-201

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Lock-up Is Not Released

Lock-up Is Not Released


1 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT

=NJAT0344

SYMPTOM: Lock-up is not released when accelerator pedal is released.


With CONSULT-II Does TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR show damage to closed throttle position signal circuit? Without CONSULT-II Does self-diagnosis show damage to closed throttle position signal circuit?

SCIA0706E

Yes or No Yes No Check closed throttle position signal circuit. Refer to TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate, AT-212. GO TO 2.

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

AT-202

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 D3)

Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 D3)

=NJAT0345

SYMPTOM: Engine speed does not smoothly return to idle when A/T shifts from D4 to D3. Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when turning overdrive control switch OFF. Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting A/T from D to 2 position.
1 CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit after cruise test? Yes or NO Yes No Check overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit. Refer to AT-131. GO TO 2.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

Check throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to AT-109, THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR.

AX SU
SAT769K

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Repair or replace throttle position sensor or accelerator pedal position sensor.

BR ST RS BT HA SC EL
SAT171B

CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. 2. Check A/T fluid condition.

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. GO TO 6.

IDX

AT-203

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 D3) (Contd)

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Overrun clutch control valve Overrun clutch reducing valve Overrun clutch solenoid valve OK or NG OK NG GO TO 5. Repair or replace damaged parts.

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Overrun clutch control valve Overrun clutch reducing valve Overrun clutch solenoid valve 3. Disassemble A/T. 4. Check the following item: Overrun clutch assembly OK or NG OK NG GO TO 5. Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-204

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Vehicle Does Not Start From D1

Vehicle Does Not Start From D1


SYMPTOM: Vehicle does not start from D1 on Cruise test Part 2.
1 CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

=NJAT0346

GI MA EM LC EC FE

Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensorA/T (revolution sensor), shift solenoid valve A, B or vehicle speed sensorMTR after cruise test? Yes or No Yes Check damaged circuit. Refer to the following items. VEHICLE SPEED SENSORA/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR): AT-100 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A: AT-119 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B: AT-125 VHCL SPEED SENMTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSORMTR: AT-105 GO TO 2.

No

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. OK or NG OK NG Go to Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1, AT-186. 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-205

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Shift: D4 D3, When Overdrive Control Switch ON OFF

A/T Does Not Shift: D4 D3, When Overdrive Control Switch ON OFF

=NJAT0347

SYMPTOM: A/T does not shift from D4 to D3 when changing overdrive control switch to OFF position.
1 CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II Does TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR show damage to overdrive control switch circuit? Without CONSULT-II Does self-diagnosis show damage to overdrive control switch circuit?

SCIA0706E

Yes or No Yes No Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to AT-206. Go to A/T Does Not Shift: D2 , D3, AT-192.

AT-206

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Shift: D3 22, When Selector Lever D 2 Position

A/T Does Not Shift: D3 22, When Selector Lever D 2 Position

=NJAT0348

SYMPTOM: A/T does not shift from D3 to 22 when changing selector lever from D to 2 position.
1 CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II Does TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR show damage to PNP switch circuit? Without CONSULT-II Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL

SCIA0706E

MT

Yes or No Yes No Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-212. Go to A/T Does Not Shift: D1 , D2 or Does Not Kickdown: D4 , D2, AT-189.

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-207

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Shift: 22 11, When Selector Lever 2 1 Position

A/T Does Not Shift: 22 11, When Selector Lever 2 1 Position

=NJAT0349

SYMPTOM: A/T does not shift from 22 to 11 when changing selector lever from 2 to 1 position.
1 CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II Does TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR show damage to PNP switch circuit? Without CONSULT-II Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?

SCIA0706E

Yes or No Yes No Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate, AT-212. GO TO 2.

CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check control cable. Refer to AT-235.

SAT023JB

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-235.

CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSORA/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) AND CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSORMTR CIRCUIT

Check vehicle speed sensorA/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR circuit. Refer to AT-100 and AT-105. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Repair or replace vehicle speed sensorA/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR circuits.

AT-208

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


A/T Does Not Shift: 22 11, When Selector Lever 2 1 Position (Contd)

CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. 2. Check A/T fluid condition.

GI MA EM LC
SAT171B

EC FE CL

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 6. GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Shift valve A Overrun clutch solenoid valve Shift solenoid valve A 3. Disassemble A/T. 4. Check the following items: Servo piston assembly Brake band OK or NG OK NG GO TO 6. Repair or replace damaged parts.

MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC
SAT778B

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again.

OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

EL IDX

AT-209

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake

Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake

=NJAT0350

SYMPTOM: Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting from 22 (12) to 11.
1 CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II Does TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR show damage to PNP switch circuit? Without CONSULT-II Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?

SCIA0706E

Yes or No Yes No Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate, AT-212. GO TO 2.

CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check control cable. Refer to AT-235.

SAT023JB

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-235.

CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSORA/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) AND CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSORMTR CIRCUIT

Check vehicle speed sensorA/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR circuit. Refer to AT-100 and AT-105. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 4. Repair or replace vehicle speed sensorA/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensorMTR circuits.

AT-210

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake (Contd)

CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. 2. Check A/T fluid condition.

GI MA EM LC
SAT171B

EC FE CL

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 6. GO TO 5.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-234. 2. Check the following items: Shift valve A Overrun clutch solenoid valve Shift solenoid valve A 3. Disassemble A/T. 4. Check the following items: Overrun clutch assembly Low & reverse brake assembly OK or NG OK NG GO TO 6. Repair or replace damaged parts.

MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC
SAT778B

CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again.

OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

EL IDX

AT-211

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate

TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate

NJAT0351

SYMPTOM: O/D OFF or A/T CHECK indicator lamp does not come on in TCM self-diagnostic procedure even if the lamp circuit is good.

DESCRIPTION

NJAT0351S01

SAT088JA

SAT360HA

PNP switch The PNP switch assembly includes a transmission range switch. The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM. Overdrive control switch and A/T check switch Detects the switch position (ON or OFF) and sends a signal to the TCM. Throttle position switch (With conventional throttle control) Consists of a wide open throttle position switch and a closed throttle position switch. The wide open throttle position switch sends a signal to the TCM when the throttle valve is open at least 1/2 of the full throttle position. The closed throttle position switch sends a signal to the TCM when the throttle valve is fully closed. Closed throttle position signal and wide-open throttle position signal (With throttle control) ECM judges throttle opening based on a signal from accelerator pedal position sensor, and sends the signal via CAN communication to TCM.

SAT274KB

SAT004KA

SAT768K

AT-212

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (Contd)

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE With Conventional Throttle Control


1 INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? Yes or No Yes (With CONSULT-II) No (Without CONSULTII) GO TO 2. GO TO 3.

NJAT0351S02 NJAT0351S0201

GI MA EM LC

CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out P/N, R, D, 2 and 1 position switches moving selector lever to each position. Check that the signal of the selector lever position is indicated properly.

EC FE CL MT

AX
SAT701J

OK or NG OK (With overdrive control switch) OK (Without overdrive control switch) NG GO TO 4.

SU BR

GO TO 6. Check the following items: PNP switch (Refer to Component Inspection, AT-225.) Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch Harness for short or open between PNP switch and TCM Diode (P, N positions)

ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-213

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (Contd)

CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (Without CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 26, 27, 34, 35, 36 and ground while moving selector lever through each position. Voltage: B: Battery voltage 0: 0V

MTBL0138

SAT470J

OK or NG OK (With overdrive control switch) OK (Without overdrive control switch) NG GO TO 5. GO TO 7. Check the following items: PNP switch (Refer to Component Inspection, AT-225.) Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch Harness for short or open between PNP switch and TCM Diode (P, N positions)

AT-214

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (Contd)

CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out OVERDRIVE SWITCH. Check the signal of the overdrive control switch is indicated properly. (Overdrive control switch ON displayed on CONSULT-II means overdrive OFF.)

GI MA EM LC EC FE
SAT645J

CL MT

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 8. Check the following items: Overdrive control switch (Refer to Component Inspection, AT-225.) Harness for short or open between TCM and overdrive control switch Harness of ground circuit for overdrive control switch for short or open

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-215

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (Contd)

CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT (Without CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 22 and ground when overdrive control switch is ON and OFF. Voltage: Switch position ON: Battery voltage Switch position OFF: 1V or less

SAT048K

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 9. Check the following items: Overdrive control switch (Refer to Component Inspection, AT-225.) Harness for short or open between TCM and overdrive control switch Harness of ground circuit for overdrive control switch for short or open

AT-216

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (Contd)

CHECK A/T CHECK SWITCH CIRCUIT (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out OVERDRIVE SWITCH. Check the signal of the overdrive control switch is indicated properly. (Overdrive control switch ON displayed on CONSULT-II means A/T check ON.)

GI MA EM LC EC FE
SAT645J

CL MT

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 8. Check the following items: A/T check switch (Refer to Component Inspection, AT-225.) Harness for short or open between TCM and A/T check switch Harness of ground circuit for A/T check switch for short or open

CHECK A/T CHECK SWITCH CIRCUIT (Without CONSULT-II)

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA
SAT531JE

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 22 and ground when A/T check switch is ON and OFF. Voltage: Switch position ON: Battery voltage Switch position OFF: 1V or less

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 9. Check the following items: A/T check switch (Refer to Component Inspection, AT-225.) Harness for short or open between TCM and A/T check switch Harness of ground circuit for A/T check switch for short or open

SC EL IDX

AT-217

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (Contd)

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out CLOSED THL/SW and W/O THRL/P-SW depressing and releasing accelerator pedal. Check the signal of throttle position switch is indicated properly.

MTBL0011

SAT702J

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 10. Check the following items: Throttle position switch Refer to Component Inspection, AT-225. Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position switch Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and TCM

AT-218

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (Contd)

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (Without CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 16, 17 and ground while depressing, and releasing accelerator pedal slowly. (After warming up engine)

GI MA EM LC

MTBL0577

EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR
SAT454JA

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 10. Check the following items: Throttle position switch Refer to Component Inspection, AT-225. Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position switch Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and TCM

ST RS BT HA

10

CHECK DTC

Perform DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, AT-213. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

SC EL IDX

AT-219

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (Contd)

With Electric Throttle Control


1 INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? Yes or No Yes (With CONSULT-II) No (Without CONSULTII) GO TO 2. GO TO 3.

NJAT0351S0202

CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out P/N, R, D, 2 and 1 position switches moving selector lever to each position. Check that the signal of the selector lever position is indicated properly.

SAT701J

OK or NG OK (With overdrive control switch) OK (Without overdrive control switch) NG GO TO 4. GO TO 6. Check the following items: PNP switch (Refer to Component Inspection, AT-225.) Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch Harness for short or open between PNP switch and TCM Diode (P, N positions)

AT-220

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (Contd)

CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (Without CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 26, 27, 34, 35, 36 and ground while moving selector lever through each position. Voltage: B: Battery voltage 0: 0V

GI MA EM LC EC

MTBL0138

FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST
SAT470J

RS BT HA

OK or NG OK (With overdrive control switch) OK (Without overdrive control switch) NG GO TO 5. GO TO 7. Check the following items: PNP switch (Refer to Component Inspection, AT-225.) Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch Harness for short or open between PNP switch and TCM Diode (P, N positions)

SC EL IDX

AT-221

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (Contd)

CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out OVERDRIVE SWITCH. Check the signal of the overdrive control switch is indicated properly. (Overdrive control switch ON displayed on CONSULT-II means overdrive OFF.)

SAT645J

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 8. Check the following items: Overdrive control switch (Refer to Component Inspection, AT-225.) Combination meter Harness for short or open between combination meter and overdrive control switch Harness of ground circuit for overdrive control switch for short or open

CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT (Without CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II Check the following items: Overdrive control switch (Refer to Component Inspection, AT-225.) Combination meter Harness for short or open between combination meter and overdrive control switch Harness of ground circuit for overdrive control switch for short or open OK or NG OK NG GO TO 9. Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-222

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (Contd)

CHECK A/T CHECK SWITCH CIRCUIT (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out OVERDRIVE SWITCH. Check the signal of the overdrive control switch is indicated properly. (Overdrive control switch ON displayed on CONSULT-II means A/T check ON.)

GI MA EM LC EC FE
SAT645J

CL MT

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 8. Check the following items: A/T check switch (Refer to Component Inspection, AT-225.) Combination meter Harness for short or open between combination meter and A/T check switch Harness of ground circuit for A/T check switch for short or open

AX
7 CHECK A/T CHECK SWITCH CIRCUIT (Without CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II Check the following items: A/T check switch (Refer to Component Inspection, AT-225.) Combination meter Harness for short or open between combination meter and A/T check switch Harness of ground circuit for A/T check switch for short or open OK or NG OK NG GO TO 9. Repair or replace damaged parts.

SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-223

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (Contd)

CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select TCM INPUT SIGNALS in DATA MONITOR mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out CLOSED THL/SW and W/O THRL/P-SW depressing and releasing accelerator pedal. Check the signal of throttle position switch is indicated properly.

MTBL0011

SAT702J

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 10. Check the following items: Accelerator pedal position sensor Harness for short or open between accelerator pedal position sensor and ECM

CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT (Without CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II Check the following items: Accelerator pedal position sensor Harness for short or open between accelerator pedal position sensor and ECM OK or NG OK NG GO TO 10. Repair or replace damaged parts.

10

CHECK DTC

Perform DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE, AT-213. OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

AT-224

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (Contd)

COMPONENT INSPECTION Overdrive Control Switch

NJAT0351S03 NJAT0351S0301

Check continuity between A/T device (overdrive control switch) harness connector M51 terminals 1 and 2.
Switch position ON OFF Continuity No Yes

GI MA EM LC

SAT759K

A/T Check Switch

NJAT0351S0304

Check continuity between A/T check switch harness connector M81 terminals 1 and 2.
Switch position ON OFF Continuity No Yes

EC FE CL MT

SAT229JE

PNP Switch
1.

NJAT0351S0302

Check continuity between terminals 1 and 3 and between terminals 2 and 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 while moving manual shaft through each position.
Lever position P R N D 2 1 37 38 39 36 35 34 12 Terminal No. 12

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA

SAT402JA

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

If NG, check again with manual control cable disconnected from manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to step 1. If OK on step 2, adjust manual control cable. Refer to AT-235. If NG on step 2, remove PNP switch from A/T and check continuity of PNP switch terminals. Refer to step 1. If OK on step 4, adjust PNP switch. Refer to AT-235. If NG on step 4, replace PNP switch.

SC EL IDX

SAT089JA

AT-225

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS


TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (Contd)

Throttle Position Switch


Closed throttle position switch (idle position) Check continuity between terminals 4 and 5.
Accelerator pedal condition Released Depressed Continuity Yes No

NJAT0351S0303

SAT851JA

To adjust closed throttle position switch, refer to EC-38, Basic Inspection.

Wide open throttle position switch Check continuity between terminals 5 and 6.
Accelerator pedal condition Released Depressed Continuity No Yes

SAT852JA

AT-226

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM


Description

Description

NJAT0102

The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock: With the key switch turned to ON, the selector lever cannot be shifted from P (parking) to any other position unless the brake pedal is depressed. With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted from P to any other position. The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed in P. The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location

NJAT0103

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL
SAT767K

IDX

AT-227

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM


Wiring Diagram SHIFT

Wiring Diagram SHIFT

NJAT0104

GAT126A

AT-228

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM


Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure

NJAT0105

SYMPTOM 1: Selector lever cannot be moved from P position with key in ON position and brake pedal applied. Selector lever can be moved from P position with key in ON position and brake pedal released. Selector lever can be moved from P position when key is removed from key cylinder. SYMPTOM 2: Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to P position. Ignition key can be removed when selector lever is set to any position except P.
1 CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Check key interlock cable for damage. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 2. Repair key interlock cable. Refer to AT-232.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION

Check selector lever position for damage. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 3. Check selector lever. Refer to ON-VEHICLE SERVICE PNP Switch and Control Cable Adjustment, AT-235.

AX SU

CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. 2. Check operation sound.

BR ST RS
MTBL1313

OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END GO TO 4.

BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-229

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK POWER SOURCE

1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.) 2. Check voltage between A/T device harness connector M51 terminal 5 (LHD models: R/G, RHD models: L) and ground. Voltage: Battery voltage

SAT760K

OK or NG OK NG GO TO 7. GO TO 5.

CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. 3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector M76 terminals 3 and 4.

SCIA1569E

Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal refer to BR-10, BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET. OK or NG OK NG GO TO 6. Repair or replace damaged parts.

DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items: Harness for short or open between ignition switch and stop lamp switch harness connector M76 terminal 3 (G) Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch harness connector M76 terminal 4 (LHD models: R/G, RHD models: L) and A/T device harness connector M51 terminal 5 (LHD models: R/G, RHD models: L) Fuse Ignition switch (Refer to EL-10, POWER SUPPLY ROUTING.) OK or NG OK NG INSPECTION END Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-230

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM


Diagnostic Procedure (Contd)

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. 2. Disconnect A/T device harness connector connector. 3. Check continuity between A/T device harness connector M51 terminal 6 (B) and ground. Continuity should exist. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

SAT761K

OK or NG OK NG Replace shift lock solenoid or park position switch. Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-231

KEY INTERLOCK CABLE


Components

Components

NJAT0107

SAT996J

CAUTION: Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be damaged by sharp bends, twists or interference with adjacent parts. After installing key interlock cable to control device, make sure that casing cap and bracket are firmly secured in their positions.

Removal
1.

NJAT0108

Unlock slider by squeezing lock tabs on slider from adjuster holder and remove interlock rod from cable.

SAT853J

AT-232

KEY INTERLOCK CABLE


Removal (Contd)

2.

Remove lock plate from steering lock assembly and remove key interlock cable.

GI MA EM
SAT854J

LC

Installation
1. 2. 3. 4.

NJAT0109

Turn ignition key to lock position. Set A/T selector lever to P position. Set key interlock cable to steering lock assembly and install lock plate. Clamp cable to steering column and fix to control cable with band.

EC FE CL MT

SAT854J

5.

Insert interlock rod into adjuster holder.

AX SU BR
SAT804E

6. 7.

Install casing cap to bracket. Move slider in order to fix adjuster holder to interlock rod.

ST RS BT HA

SAT805E

SC EL IDX

AT-233

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators

Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators


REMOVAL
1. 2. Drain ATF from transaxle. Remove oil pan and gasket.

NJAT0110

NJAT0110S01

SAT992C

3. 4. 5.

Disconnect A/T solenoid valve (terminal cord assembly) harness connector. Remove stopper ring from A/T solenoid valve (terminal cord assembly) harness terminal body. Remove A/T solenoid harness by pushing terminal body into transmission case.

SAT765K

6. Remove control valve assembly by removing fixing bolts. Bolt length, number and location:
Bolt symbol Bolt length Number of bolts A 40.0 mm (1.575 in) 5 B 33.0 mm (1.299 in) 6 C 43.5 mm (1.713 in) 2

7.

Be careful not to drop manual valve and servo release accumulator return springs. Disassemble and inspect control valve assembly if necessary. Refer to AT-249.

AAT260A

8.

Remove servo release and N-D accumulators by applying compressed air if necessary. Hold each piston with a rag.

SAT935J

AT-234

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators (Contd)

INSTALLATION

NJAT0110S02

Tighten fixing bolts to specification. : 6.8 - 8.8 Nm (0.70 - 0.89 kg-m, 61 - 77 in-lb) Set manual shaft in Neutral position, then align manual plate with groove in manual valve. After installing control valve assembly to transmission case, make sure that selector lever can be moved to all positions.

GI MA EM LC

SAT497H

Control Cable Adjustment

NJAT0111

SAT771K

Move selector lever from the P position to the 1 position. You should be able to feel the detents in each position. If the detents cannot be felt or if the pointer indicating the position is improperly aligned, the control cable needs adjustment. 1. Place selector lever in P position. 2. Loosen control cable lock nut and place manual shaft in P position. Turn wheels more than 1/4 rotations and apply the parking lock. 3. Push control cable, by specified force, in the direction of the arrow shown in the illustration. Specified force: 9.8 N (1.0 kg, 2.2 lb) 4. Tighten control cable lock nut. 5. Move selector lever from P to 1 position again. Make sure that selector lever moves smoothly. Make sure that the starter operates when the selector lever is placed in the P position. Make sure that the A/T is locked properly when the selector lever is placed in the P position.

EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR

Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment ST


NJAT0112

1. 2. 3.

Remove control cable end from manual shaft. Set manual shaft in N position. Loosen PNP switch fixing bolts.

RS BT HA

SAT479J

4. a. b. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
SAT480J

Use a 4 mm (0.157 in) pin for this adjustment. Insert the pin straight into the manual shaft adjustment hole. Rotate PNP switch until the pin can also be inserted straight into hole in PNP switch. Tighten PNP switch fixing bolts. Remove pin from adjustment hole after adjusting PNP switch. Reinstall any part removed. Adjust control cable. Refer to Control Cable Adjustment, AT-235. Check continuity of PNP switch. Refer to AT-212.

SC EL IDX

AT-235

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement

Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement


1. 2.

NJAT0113

Remove drive shaft assemblies. Refer to AX-10, Drive Shaft. Remove oil seals.

SAT905DB

3.

Install oil seals. Apply ATF to oil seal surface before installing.

XAT002

Install oil seals so that dimensions A and B are within specifications.


Unit: mm (in) A 5.5 - 6.5 (0.217 - 0.256) B 0.5 to 0.5 (0.020 to 0.020)

4.

Reinstall any part removed.

SAT027K

Revolution Sensor Replacement


1. Disconnect revolution sensor harness connector. 2. Remove harness bracket from A/T. 3. Remove revolution sensor from A/T. 4. Reinstall any part removed. Always use new sealing parts.

NJAT0114

SAT303G

AT-236

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


Removal

Removal

NJAT0115

CAUTION: Before separating transaxle from engine, remove the crankshaft position sensor from transaxle. Be careful not to damage sensor. 1. Remove battery and bracket. 2. Remove air duct between throttle body and air cleaner. 3. Disconnect A/T solenoid valve (terminal cord assembly) harness connector, PNP switch harness connector and revolution sensor harness connector. 4. Disconnect control cable from transaxle. 5. Remove crankshaft position sensor from transaxle.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL

SAT065KA

MT
6. 7. 8. 9. Drain ATF from transaxle. Disconnect oil cooler hoses. Remove drive shafts. Refer to AX-10, Drive Shaft. Remove starter motor from transaxle. Refer to SC-19, Removal and Installation. 10. Remove upper bolts fixing transaxle to engine. 11. Support transaxle with a jack.

AX SU BR

SAT304G

12. Remove center member. Tighten center member fixing bolts to specified torque, Refer to EM-58, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.

ST RS BT HA

SAT028K

13. Remove rear engine mounting bracket. Refer to EM-58, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION. 14. Remove rear lower plate. 15. Remove torque converter bolts. Rotate crankshaft to gain access to securing bolts. 16. Support engine with a jack. 17. Remove LH engine mounting. Refer to EM-58, REMOVALAND INSTALLATION. 18. Remove lower bolts fixing transaxle to engine. 19. Lower transaxle while supporting it with a jack.
ATA1216D

SC EL IDX

AT-237

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


Installation

Installation

NJAT0116

1. Check drive plate runout. CAUTION: Do not allow any magnetic materials to contact the ring gear teeth. Maximum allowable runout: Refer to EM-72, FLYWHEEL/DRIVE PLATE RUNOUT. If this runout is out of allowance, replace drive plate with ring gear.
SAT977H

2.

When connecting torque converter to transaxle, measure distance A to be certain that they are correctly assembled. Distance A: 21.1 mm (0.831 in) or more

SAT573D

3.

Install torque converter to drive plate. With converter installed, rotate crankshaft several turns to check that transaxle rotates freely without binding.

AAT266A

4. Tighten belts fixing transaxle. QG13DE models


Bolt No. 1 2 3*1 4
SAT770K

Tightening torque Nm (kg-m, ft-lb) 31 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 23 - 29) 16 - 20 (1.6 - 2.1, 12 - 15) 16 - 20 (1.6 - 2.1, 12 - 15) 31 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 23 - 29) 16 - 20 (1.6 - 2.1, 12 - 15)

Bolt length mm (in) 50 (1.97) 20 (0.79) 25 (0.98) 30 (1.18) 16 (0.63)

Gusset A to engine *1: With gusset to A/T

AT-238

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


Installation (Contd)

Except QG13DE models


Bolt No. 1 2*1 3 4*2 5*2
SAT029KB

Tightening torque Nm (kg-m, ft-lb) 31 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 23 - 29) 16 - 20 (1.6 - 2.1, 12 - 15) 31 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 23 - 29) 31 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 23 - 29) 16 - 20 (1.6 - 2.1, 12 - 15)

Bolt length mm (in) 50 (1.97) 25 (0.98) 30 (1.18) 16 (0.63) 20 (0.79)

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL

*1: With gusset to A/T *2: With gusset to cylinder block

SAT058K

MT
5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Reinstall any part removed. Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-235. Check continuity of PNP switch. Refer to AT-212. Refill transaxle with ATF and check fluid level. Move selector lever through all positions to be sure that transaxle operates correctly. With parking brake applied, idle engine. Move selector lever through N to D, to 2, to 1 and R positions. A slight shock should be felt through the hand gripping the selector each time the transaxle is shifted. 10. Perform road test. Refer to AT-62.

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

SAT638A

AT-239

OVERHAUL
Components-1 Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

Components-1 Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

NJAT0119

SAT795K

AT-240

OVERHAUL
Components-1 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

Components-1 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

NJAT0232

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX
SAT030KA

AT-241

OVERHAUL
Components-2 Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

Components-2 Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

NJAT0233

SAT763K

AT-242

OVERHAUL
Components-2 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

Components-2 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

NJAT0234

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX
SAT811K

AT-243

OVERHAUL
Components-3 Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

Components-3 Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

NJAT0235

SAT802K

AT-244

OVERHAUL
Components-3 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

Components-3 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

NJAT0236

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX
SAT796K

AT-245

OVERHAUL
Oil Channel

Oil Channel

NJAT0118

SAT032K

AT-246

OVERHAUL
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

NJAT0117

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-247

AAT416A

OVERHAUL
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

NJAT0237

AT-248

SAT067K

NJAT0120

DISASSEMBLY
1. Drain ATF through drain plug.

GI MA EM
SAT049K

LC
2. Remove torque converter.

EC FE CL
SAT008D

MT
3. a. b. c. Check torque converter one-way clutch using check tool as shown at left. Insert check tool into the groove of bearing support built into one-way clutch outer race. While fixing bearing support with check tool, rotate one-way clutch spline using flat-bladed screwdriver. Check inner race rotates clockwise only. If not, replace torque converter assembly.

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA

SAT009D

4.

Remove oil charging pipe and oil cooler tube.

SC EL IDX

SAT586H

AT-249

DISASSEMBLY
5. 6. Set manual shaft to P position. Remove PNP switch.

SAT023JB

7. 8.

SAT128E

9.

Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket. Do not reuse oil pan bolts. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine cause of malfunction. If the fluid is very dark, smells burned, or contains foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches to stick and may inhibit pump pressure. If frictional material is detected, replace radiator after repair of A/T. Refer to LC-17, Radiator. Remove control valve assembly according to the following procedures.

a.

Remove control valve assembly mounting bolts A, B and C.

AAT260A

AT-250

DISASSEMBLY
b. c. Remove stopper ring from terminal body. Push terminal body into transmission case and draw out solenoid harness.

GI MA EM

AAT262A

LC
10. Remove manual valve from control valve assembly as a precaution.

EC FE CL

SAT017D

MT
11. Remove return spring from servo release accumulator piston.

AX SU BR
SAT877J

12. Remove servo release accumulator piston with compressed air. 13. Remove O-rings from servo release accumulator piston.

ST RS BT HA

SAT019DA

14. Remove N-D accumulator piston and return spring with compressed air. 15. Remove O-rings from N-D accumulator piston.

SC EL IDX

SAT020D

AT-251

DISASSEMBLY
16. Check accumulator pistons and contact surface of transmission case for damage. 17. Check accumulator return springs for damage and free length. Return springs: Refer to SDS, AT-364.

SAT023DA

18. Remove lip seals from band servo oil port.

SAT129E

19. Remove converter housing according to the following procedures. a. Remove converter housing mounting bolts A and B.

SAT027D

b.

Remove converter housing.

SAT028D

c.

Remove O-ring from differential oil port.

SAT131E

AT-252

DISASSEMBLY
20. Remove final drive assembly from transmission case.

GI MA EM
SAT030D

LC
21. Remove differential side bearing outer race from transmission case.

EC FE CL

NAT033

MT
22. Remove differential side bearing adjusting shim from transmission case.

AX SU BR
SAT132E

23. Remove differential side bearing outer race from converter housing.

ST RS BT HA

SAT840DB

24. Remove oil seal from converter housing using a screwdriver. Be careful not to damage case.

SC EL IDX

SAT133E

AT-253

DISASSEMBLY
25. Remove side oil seal from transmission case using a screwdriver.

SAT072D

26. Remove oil tube from converter housing.

SAT134EA

27. Remove oil pump according to the following procedures. a. Remove O-ring from input shaft.

SAT127E

b.

Remove oil pump assembly from transmission case.

SAT035D

c.

Remove thrust washer and bearing race from oil pump assembly.

SAT036D

AT-254

DISASSEMBLY
28. Remove brake band according to the following procedures. a. Loosen lock nut, then back off anchor end pin. Do not reuse anchor end pin.

GI MA EM

SAT037DA

LC
b. Remove brake band from transmission case.

EC FE CL
SAT038D

MT
To prevent brake linings from cracking or peeling, do not stretch the flexible band unnecessarily. When removing the brake band, always secure it with a clip as shown in the figure at left. Leave the clip in position after removing the brake band.

AX SU BR

SAT039D

c.

Check brake band facing for damage, cracks, wear or burns.

ST RS BT HA

SAT040D

29. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) and reverse clutch according to the following procedures. a. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) with reverse clutch.

SC EL IDX

SAT041D

AT-255

DISASSEMBLY
b. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) from reverse clutch.

SAT042D

c. d.

Remove needle bearing from high clutch drum. Check input shaft assembly and needle bearing for damage or wear.

SAT043D

30. Remove high clutch hub and needle bearing from transmission case. 31. Check high clutch hub and needle bearing for damage or wear.

SAT044D

32. Remove front sun gear and needle bearings from transmission case. 33. Check front sun gear and needle bearings for damage or wear.

SAT579D

34. Remove front planetary carrier assembly and low one-way clutch according to the following procedures. a. Remove snap ring using a screwdriver.

SAT046D

AT-256

DISASSEMBLY
b. Remove front planetary carrier with low one-way clutch.

GI MA EM
SAT047D

LC
c. d. Check that low one-way clutch rotates in the direction of the arrow and locks in the opposite direction. Remove low one-way clutch from front planetary carrier by rotating it in the direction of unlock.

EC FE CL

SAT048D

MT
e. Remove needle bearing from front planetary carrier.

AX SU BR
SAT049D

f. g.

Check front planetary carrier, low one-way clutch and needle bearing for damage or wear. Check clearance between pinion washer and planetary carrier using feeler gauge. Standard clearance: 0.15 - 0.70 mm (0.0059 - 0.0276 in) Allowable limit: 0.80 mm (0.0315 in) Replace front planetary carrier if the clearance exceeds allowable limit.

ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

SAT050D

35. Remove rear planetary carrier assembly and rear sun gear according to the following procedures. a. Remove rear planetary carrier assembly from transmission case.

SAT051D

AT-257

DISASSEMBLY
b. Remove rear sun gear from rear planetary carrier.

SAT052D

c.

Remove needle bearings from rear planetary carrier assembly.

SAT053D

d. e.

Check rear planetary carrier, rear sun gear and needle bearings for damage or wear. Check clearance between pinion washer and rear planetary carrier using feeler gauge. Standard clearance: 0.15 - 0.70 mm (0.0059 - 0.0276 in) Allowable limit: 0.80 mm (0.0315 in) Replace rear planetary carrier if the clearance exceeds allowable limit.

SAT054D

36. Remove rear internal gear from transmission case.

SAT055D

37. Remove needle bearing from rear internal gear. Check needle bearing for damage or wear.

SAT056D

AT-258

DISASSEMBLY
38. Remove forward clutch assembly from transmission case.

GI MA EM
SAT272E

LC
39. Remove thrust washer from transmission case.

EC FE CL
AAT215A

MT
Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models 40. Remove side cover. Do not reuse side cover bolts.

AX SU BR
SAT702D

41. Remove output shaft, output gear and reduction gear according to the following procedures. a. Set manual lever to P position to fix idler gear and output gear. b. Unlock both idler gear and output gear lock nuts using a pin punch.

ST RS BT HA

SAT703D

c.

Remove idler gear and output gear lock nuts. Do not reuse idler gear and output gear lock nuts.

SC EL IDX

SAT704D

AT-259

DISASSEMBLY
d. Remove idler gear and output gear using a puller.

SAT705D

e. f. g.

Remove reduction pinion gear and output shaft from transmission case. Remove reduction pinion bearing adjusting shim from reduction pinion gear. Remove adjusting spacer from output shaft.

SAT706DB

3BX00 and 3BX09 models 42. Remove output shaft assembly according to the following procedures. a. Remove side cover bolts.

SAT059D

b.

Remove side cover by lightly tapping it with a soft hammer. Be careful not to drop output shaft assembly. It might come out when removing side cover.

SAT434D

c.

Remove adjusting shim.

SAT440D

AT-260

DISASSEMBLY
d. Remove output shaft assembly.

GI MA EM
SAT439D

LC
If output shaft assembly came off with side cover, tap cover with a soft hammer to separate.

EC FE CL

SAT435D

MT
e. Remove needle bearing.

AX SU BR
SAT453D

43. Disassemble reduction pinion gear according to the following procedures. a. Set manual shaft to position P to fix idler gear. b. Unlock idler gear lock nut using a pin punch.

ST RS BT HA

SAT060D

c.

Remove idler gear lock nut. Do not reuse idler gear lock nut.

SC EL IDX

SAT061D

AT-261

DISASSEMBLY
d. Remove idler gear with puller.

SAT841DA

e. f.

Remove reduction pinion gear. Remove reduction pinion gear bearing adjusting shim from reduction pinion gear.

SAT062K

44. Remove return spring from parking shaft using a screwdriver.

SAT064D

45. Draw out parking shaft and remove parking pole from transmission case. 46. Check parking pole and shaft for damage or wear.

SAT065D

47. Remove parking actuator support from transmission case. Check parking actuator support for damage or wear.

SAT066D

AT-262

DISASSEMBLY
48. Remove revolution sensor from transmission case.

GI MA EM
SAT311G

LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-263

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Manual Shaft

Manual Shaft
COMPONENTS
NJAT0121

SAT481JA

REMOVAL
1. Remove detent spring from transmission case.

NJAT0122

SAT313G

2.

Drive out manual plate retaining pin.

SAT076D

3. 4. 5.

Drive and pull out parking rod plate retaining pin. Remove parking rod plate from manual shaft. Draw out parking rod from transmission case.

SAT077D

AT-264

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Manual Shaft (Contd)

6. 7.

Pull out manual shaft retaining pin. Remove manual shaft and manual plate from transmission case.

GI MA EM

SAT049F

LC
8. Remove manual shaft oil seal.

EC FE CL
SAT080D

MT
INSPECTION

NJAT0123

Check component parts for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.

AX SU BR
INSTALLATION
1. Install manual shaft oil seal. Apply ATF to outer surface of oil seal.
NJAT0124

ST RS BT HA

SAT081D

2.

Install manual shaft and manual plate.

SC EL IDX

SAT610H

AT-265

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Manual Shaft (Contd)

3. 4.

Align groove of manual shaft and hole of transmission case. Install manual shaft retaining pin.

SAT074E

5. 6.

Install parking rod to parking rod plate. Set parking rod assembly onto manual shaft.

SAT078D

7.

Drive in manual plate retaining pin and parking rod plate retaining pin.

SAT087D

8.

Install detent spring.

SAT313G

AT-266

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Oil Pump

Oil Pump
COMPONENTS
NJAT0125

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL

SAT931JA

MT

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove seal rings.

NJAT0126

AX SU BR
SAT699H

2.

Loosen bolts in numerical order and remove oil pump cover.

ST RS BT HA

SAT091D

3.

Remove inner and outer gear from oil pump housing.

SC EL IDX

SAT092D

AT-267

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Oil Pump (Contd)

4.

Remove O-ring from oil pump housing.

SAT093D

5.

Remove oil pump housing oil seal.

SAT094D

INSPECTION NJAT0127 Oil Pump Housing, Oil Pump Cover, Inner Gear and Outer Gear NJAT0127S01
Check for wear or damage.

Side Clearances

NJAT0127S02

Measure side clearance of inner and outer gears in at least four places around each outside edge. Maximum measured values should be within specified range. Standard clearance: 0.02 - 0.04 mm (0.0008 - 0.0016 in) If clearance is less than standard, select inner and outer gear as a set so that clearance is within specifications. Inner and outer gear: Refer to SDS, AT-357. If clearance is more than standard, replace whole oil pump assembly except oil pump cover.

SAT095D

AT-268

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Oil Pump (Contd)

Measure clearance between outer gear and oil pump housing. Standard clearance: 0.08 - 0.15 mm (0.0031 - 0.0059 in) Allowable limit: 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) If not within allowable limit, replace whole oil pump assembly except oil pump cover.

GI MA EM

SAT096D

LC
Side Ring Clearance

NJAT0127S03

SAT097D

Install new seal rings onto oil pump cover. Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove. Standard clearance: 0.1 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in) Allowable limit: 0.25 mm (0.0098 in) If not within allowable limit, replace oil pump cover assembly.

EC FE CL MT

ASSEMBLY
1. Install oil seal on oil pump housing.

NJAT0128

AX SU BR
SAT098D

2.

Install O-ring on oil pump housing. Apply ATF to O-ring.

ST RS BT HA

SAT093D

3.

Install inner and outer gears on oil pump housing. Take care with the direction of the inner gear.

SC EL IDX

SAT092D

AT-269

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Oil Pump (Contd)

4. a.

b.

Install oil pump cover on oil pump housing. Wrap masking tape around splines of oil pump cover assembly to protect seal. Position oil pump cover assembly on oil pump housing assembly, then remove masking tape. Tighten bolts in numerical order.

SAT101D

5.

Install new seal rings carefully after packing ring groove with petroleum jelly. Do not spread gap of seal ring excessively while installing. It may deform the ring.

SAT699H

AT-270

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Control Valve Assembly

Control Valve Assembly


COMPONENTS
=NJAT0129

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU
SAT797K

BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Solenoid valve assembly O-ring Stopper ring Terminal body Control valve lower body Oil strainer Accumulator support plate

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Separating plate Steel ball Control valve inter body Pilot filter Separating plate Steel ball

14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.

Control valve upper body Check ball Oil cooler relief valve spring O-ring T/C pressure holding spring Check ball

AT-271

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Control Valve Assembly (Contd)

DISASSEMBLY
Bolt length, number and location:
Bolt symbol Bolt length Number of bolts F: Reamer bolt with nut A 13.5 mm (0.531 in) 6 B 58.0 mm (2.283 in) 3 C 40.0 mm (1.575 in) 6 D 66.0 mm (2.598 in) 11 E 33.0 mm (1.299 in) 2 F 78.0 mm (3.071 in) 2 G

=NJAT0130

Disassemble upper, inter and lower bodies.

18.0 mm (0.709 in) 1

SAT869J

1.

Remove bolts A, D and F, and remove oil strainer from control valve assembly.

SAT800K

2.

Remove solenoid valve assembly and line pressure solenoid valve from control valve assembly. Be careful not to lose the line pressure solenoid valve spring.

SAT316GA

AT-272

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Control Valve Assembly (Contd)

3.

Remove O-rings from solenoid valves and terminal body.

GI MA EM
SAT798K

LC
4. Place upper body facedown, and remove bolts B, C and F.

EC FE CL
SAT064F

MT
5. Remove lower body from inter body.

AX SU BR
SAT432D

6.

Turn over lower body, and accumulator support plates.

ST RS BT HA

SAT109D

7. 8.

Remove bolts E, separating plate from lower body. Remove check balls, oil cooler relief valve springs and T/C pressure holding spring from lower body. Be careful not to lose check balls and relief valve springs and holding spring.

SC EL IDX

SAT873J

AT-273

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Control Valve Assembly (Contd)

9. Remove inter body from upper body. 10. Remove pilot filter, separating plate from upper body.

SAT065FA

11. Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in inter body and then remove them. Be careful not to lose steel balls.

SAT870J

12. Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in upper body and then remove them. Be careful not to lose steel balls.

SAT871J

INSPECTION Lower and Upper Bodies

NJAT0131 NJAT0131S01

Check to see that retainer plates are properly positioned in lower body.

SAT872J

Check to see that retainer plates are properly positioned in upper body.

SAT321G

AT-274

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Control Valve Assembly (Contd)

Oil Strainer
Check wire netting of oil strainer for damage.

NJAT0131S02

GI MA EM

SAT115D

LC
Shift Solenoid Valves A and B, Line Pressure Solenoid Valve, Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve and EC Overrun Clutch Solenoid Valve NJAT0131S03
Measure resistance. For shift solenoid valve A, refer to AT-124. For shift solenoid valve B, refer to AT-130. For line pressure solenoid valve, refer to AT-159. For torque converter clutch solenoid valve, refer to AT-141. For overrun clutch solenoid valve, refer to AT-135.

FE CL MT

SAT799K

Oil Cooler Relief Valve Spring


Check springs for damage or deformation. Measure free length and outer diameter. Inspection standard:
Part No. 31872 31X00 17.0 (0.669) D

NJAT0131S04

Unit: mm (in)

AX SU BR

8.0 (0.315)

SAT138D

ASSEMBLY
1. a.

NJAT0132

Install upper, inter and lower body. Place oil circuit of upper body face up. Install steel balls in their proper positions.

ST RS BT HA

SAT871J

b.

Install reamer bolts F from bottom of upper body. Using reamer bolts as guides, install separating plate.

SC EL IDX

SAT073FB

AT-275

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Control Valve Assembly (Contd)

c.

Install pilot filter.

SAT074F

d.

Place inter body as shown in the illustration. Install steel balls in their proper positions.

SAT870J

e.

Install inter body on upper body using reamer bolts F as guides. Be careful not to dislocate or drop steel balls.

SAT076F

f.

Install check balls, oil cooler relief valve springs and T/C pressure holding spring in their proper positions in lower body.

SAT873J

g. h.

Install bolts E from bottom of lower body. Using bolt E as guides, install separating plate. Install accumulator support plates on lower body.

SAT078FB

AT-276

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Control Valve Assembly (Contd)

i.

Install lower body on inter body using reamer bolts F as guides and tighten reamer bolts F slightly.

GI MA EM
AAT536

LC
2. Install O-rings to solenoid valves and terminal body. Apply ATF to O-rings.

EC FE CL

SAT798K

MT
3. Install and tighten bolts.
B 58.0 mm (2.283 in) 3 C 40.0 mm (1.575 in) 6 D 66.0 mm (2.598 in) 11 E 33.0 mm (1.299 in) 2 F 78.0 mm (3.071 in) 2 G 18.0 mm (0.709 in) 1

Bolt length, number and location:


Bolt symbol Bolt length Number of bolts F: Reamer bolt with nut A 13.5 mm (0.531 in) 6

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL

SAT869J

IDX

AT-277

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Control Valve Assembly (Contd)

a.

Install and tighten bolts B to specified torque. : 6.8 - 8.8 Nm (0.70 - 0.89 kg-m, 61 - 77 in-lb)

SAT081F

b.

Install solenoid valve assembly and line pressure solenoid valve to lower body.

SAT316GA

c. d.

Remove reamer bolts F and set oil strainer on control valve assembly. Reinstall reamer bolts F from lower body side.

SAT323G

e.

Tighten bolts A, C, D and F to specified torque. : 6.8 - 8.8 Nm (0.70 - 0.89 kg-m, 61 - 77 in-lb)

SAT800K

f.

Tighten bolts E to specified torque. : 3.4 - 4.4 Nm (0.35 - 0.45 kg-m, 30.4 - 39.1 in-lb)

SAT084FA

AT-278

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Control Valve Upper Body

Control Valve Upper Body


COMPONENTS
Numbers preceding valve springs correspond with those shown in SDS table on page AT-354.
=NJAT0133

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS
SAT801K

BT HA SC EL IDX

1. 2.

Control valve upper body Overrun clutch reducing valve spring 3. Overrun clutch reducing valve 4. Plug 5. Retainer plate 6. Torque converter relief valve 7. Torque converter relief valve spring 8. Retainer plate 9. Torque converter clutch control valve 10. Torque converter clutch control valve spring

11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23.

Plug Sleeve Retainer plate 1-2 accumulator valve 1-2 accumulator valve spring Plug Retainer plate Cooler check valve Cooler check valve spring Plug Retainer plate Retainer plate Pilot valve spring

24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36.

Pilot valve Retainer plate Plug 1-2 accumulator piston 1-2 accumulator piston spring 1-2 accumulator retainer plate Retainer plate Plug 1st reducing valve 1st reducing valve spring Retainer plate 3-2 timing valve spring 3-2 timing valve

AT-279

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Control Valve Upper Body (Contd)

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove valves at retainer plates. Do not use a magnetic hand.

NJAT0134

SAT321G

a.

Use a screwdriver to remove retainer plates.

SAT135D

b.

Remove retainer plates while holding spring, plugs or sleeves. Remove plugs slowly to prevent internal parts from jumping out.

SAT136D

c.

Place mating surface of valve body face down, and remove internal parts. If a valve is hard to remove, place valve body face down and lightly tap it with a soft hammer. Be careful not to drop or damage valves and sleeves.

SAT137D

INSPECTION Valve Spring

NJAT0135 NJAT0135S01


SAT138D

Measure free length and outer diameter of each valve spring. Also check for damage or deformation. Inspection standard: Refer to SDS, AT-354. Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.
NJAT0135S02

Control Valves
Check sliding surfaces of valves, sleeves and plugs.

AT-280

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Control Valve Upper Body (Contd)

ASSEMBLY

NJAT0136

Lay control valve body down when installing valves. Do not stand the control valve body upright.

GI MA EM

SAT139D

LC
1. Lubricate the control valve body and all valves with ATF. Install control valves by sliding them carefully into their bores. Be careful not to scratch or damage valve body.

EC FE CL

SAT140DA

MT
Wrap a small screwdriver with vinyl tape and use it to insert the valves into their proper positions.

AX SU BR
SAT141D

1-2 Accumulator Valve


NJAT0136S01

Install 1-2 accumulator valve. Align 1-2 accumulator retainer plate from opposite side of control valve body. Install return spring, 1-2 accumulator piston and plug.

ST RS BT HA

SAT142DA

1.

Install retainer plates. Install retainer plate while pushing plug or return spring.

SC EL IDX

SAT143D

AT-281

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Control Valve Upper Body (Contd)

Retainer Plate (for control valve upper body)


Refer to AT-279.

NJAT0136S02

Unit: mm (in) Name of valve and piston Pilot valve 1-2 accumulator valve 1-2 accumulator piston 1st reducing valve
SAT086F

No. 22 17

Length A

Length B 21.5 (0.846) 40.5 (1.59)

25 30 5 8 13 34 21 6.0 (0.236) 21.5 (0.846) 24.0 (0.945) 21.5 (0.846) 28.0 (1.102) 21.5 (0.846) 24.0 (0.945)

Overrun clutch reducing valve Torque converter relief valve Torque converter clutch control valve 3-2 timing valve Cooler check valve

Install proper retainer plates.

AT-282

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Control Valve Lower Body

Control Valve Lower Body


COMPONENTS
Numbers preceding valve springs correspond with those shown in SDS table on page AT-354.
=NJAT0137

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS
SAT013K

BT HA SC EL IDX

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

Control valve lower body Shift valve B spring Shift valve B Plug Retainer plate Pressure modifier valve Pressure modifier valve spring Parallel pin Sleeve Piston Pressure modifier piston spring Retainer plate

13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

Manual valve Retainer plate Sleeve Plug Spring seat Pressure regulator valve spring Pressure regulator valve Retainer plate Plug Overrun clutch control valve Overrun clutch control valve spring Retainer plate

25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35.

Plug Accumulator control valve Accumulator control valve spring Retainer plate Shift valve A spring Shift valve A Retainer plate Plug Plug Shuttle valve spring Shuttle control valve

AT-283

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Control Valve Lower Body (Contd)

DISASSEMBLY
Remove valves at retainer plate. For removal procedures, refer to AT-272.

NJAT0138

SAT872J

INSPECTION Valve Springs

NJAT0139 NJAT0139S01


SAT138D

Check each valve spring for damage or deformation. Also measure free length and outer diameter. Inspection standard: Refer to SDS, AT-354. Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.
NJAT0139S02

Control Valves

Check sliding surfaces of control valves, sleeves and plugs for damage.
NJAT0140

ASSEMBLY
Install control valves. For installation procedures, refer to AT-281.

SAT872J

Retainer Plate (for control valve lower body)


Refer to AT-283.

NJAT0140S01

Unit: mm (in) Name of control valve Pressure regulator valve Accumulator control valve Shift valve A Overrun clutch control valve
SAT089F

No. 14 24 28 20 12 31 5

Length A Length B

Type

6.0 (0.236)

28.0 (1.102)

Pressure modifier valve Shuttle control valve Shift valve B

II

Install proper retainer plates.

AT-284

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Reverse Clutch

Reverse Clutch
COMPONENTS
=NJAT0141

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL

SAT485JC

MT

DISASSEMBLY
1. a. b. c.
SAT155D

NJAT0142

Check operation of reverse clutch. Install seal ring onto drum support of oil pump cover and install reverse clutch assembly. Apply compressed air to oil hole. Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring. If retaining plate does not contact snap ring: D-ring might be damaged. Oil seal might be damaged. Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball. Remove snap ring. Do not narrow the size of snap ring excessively. Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate, and dish plates.

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA

2. 3.

SAT156D

4. 5.

Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from reverse clutch drum while compressing return springs. Set Tool directly above springs. Do not narrow the size of snap ring excessively. Remove spring retainer and return springs.

SC EL IDX

SAT157D

AT-285

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Reverse Clutch (Contd)

Do not remove return springs from spring retainer.

SAT301E

6.

Remove piston from reverse clutch drum by turning it.

SAT159D

7.

Remove D-ring and oil seal from piston.

SAT138E

INSPECTION NJAT0143 Reverse Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return Springs NJAT0143S01
Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. Replace if necessary. When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.

Reverse Clutch Drive Plates


Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. Measure thickness of facing. Thickness of drive plate: Standard value: 2.0 mm (0.079 in) Wear limit: 1.8 mm (0.071 in) If not within wear limit, replace.

NJAT0143S02

SAT162D

AT-286

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Reverse Clutch (Contd)

Reverse Clutch Dish Plates


Check for deformation or damage. Measure thickness of dish plate. Thickness of dish plate t: 2.92 mm (0.1150 in) If deformed or fatigued, replace.

NJAT0143S03

GI MA EM

SAT163D

LC
Reverse Clutch Piston

NJAT0143S04

Make sure check balls are not fixed. Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return spring. Make sure that there is no air leakage. Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side to make sure air leaks past ball.

EC FE CL

SAT164D

MT
ASSEMBLY
1. Install D-ring and oil seal on piston. Take care with the direction of the oil seal. Apply ATF to both parts.
NJAT0144

AX SU BR

SAT160DA

2.

Install piston assembly by turning it slowly. Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.

ST RS BT HA

SAT159D

3.

Install return springs and spring retainer on piston. For return spring, refer to AT-357.

SC EL IDX

SAT168D

AT-287

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Reverse Clutch (Contd)

4.

Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while compressing return springs. Set Tool directly above return springs.

SAT157D

5.

Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plates. Do not align the projections of any two dish plates. Take care with the order and direction of plates.

SAT170D

6.

Install snap ring.

SAT156D

7.

Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate. Specified clearance: Standard: 0.5 - 0.8 mm (0.020 - 0.031 in) Allowable limit: 1.2 mm (0.047 in) Retaining plate: Refer to SDS, AT-354.

SAT174D

8.

Check operation of reverse clutch. Refer to Reverse Clutch, AT-285.

SAT173D

AT-288

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


High Clutch

High Clutch
COMPONENTS
=NJAT0145

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU
SAT675KA

BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

DISASSEMBLY
1. a. b. c.
SAT176D

NJAT0146

Check operation of high clutch. Apply compressed air to oil hole of input shaft. Stop up a hole on opposite side of input shaft. Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring. If retaining plate does not contact snap ring: D-ring might be damaged. Oil seal might be damaged. Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball. Remove seal rings from input shaft.

2.

SAT177D

AT-289

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


High Clutch (Contd)

3. 4.

Remove snap ring. Do not narrow the size of snap ring excessively. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate.

SAT178D

5. 6.

Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from high clutch drum while compressing return springs. Set Tool directly above springs. Do not expand snap ring excessively. Remove spring retainer and return springs.

SAT617H

Do not remove return spring from spring retainer.

SAT302E

7.

Remove piston from high clutch drum by turning it.

SAT189D

8.

Remove D-ring and oil seal from piston.

SAT139E

AT-290

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


High Clutch (Contd)

INSPECTION NJAT0147 Reverse Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return GI Springs NJAT0147S01
Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. Replace if necessary. When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.

MA EM LC

High Clutch Drive Plates


Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. Measure thickness of facing. Thickness of drive plate: Standard value: Refer to SDS, AT-355. Wear limit: Refer to SDS, AT-355. If not within wear limit, replace.

NJAT0147S02

EC FE CL MT

SAT162D

High Clutch Piston


NJAT0147S03

Make sure check balls are not fixed. Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return spring. Make sure there is no air leakage. Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side to make sure air leaks past ball.

AX SU BR

SAT186D

Seal Ring Clearance


NJAT0147S04

SAT187D

Install new seal rings onto input shaft. Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove. Standard clearance: 0.08 - 0.23 mm (0.0031 - 0.0091 in) Allowable limit: 0.23 mm (0.0091 in) If not within wear limit, replace input shaft assembly.

ST RS BT HA

ASSEMBLY
1. Install D-ring and oil seal on piston. Take care with the direction of the oil seal. Apply ATF to both parts.

NJAT0148

SC EL IDX

SAT182DA

AT-291

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


High Clutch (Contd)

2.

Install piston assembly by turning it slowly. Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.

SAT189D

3.

Install return springs and spring retainer on piston. For return spring, refer to AT-357.

SAT191D

4.

Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while compressing return springs. Set Tool directly above return springs.

SAT617H

Do not align snap ring gap with spring retainer stopper.

SAT193D

5. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate. Take care with the order and direction of plates. 6. Install snap ring.

SAT195D

AT-292

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


High Clutch (Contd)

7.

Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate. Specified clearance: Standard: 1.4 - 1.8 mm (0.055 - 0.071 in) Allowable limit: 2.4 mm (0.094 in) Retaining plate: Refer to SDS, AT-355.

GI MA EM

SAT199D

LC
8. Check operation of high clutch. Refer to High Clutch, AT-289.

EC FE CL

SAT196D

MT
9. Install seal rings to input shaft. Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.

AX SU BR
SAT197D

Roll paper around seal rings to prevent seal rings from spreading.

ST RS BT HA

SAT198D

SC EL IDX

AT-293

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch

Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch


COMPONENTS
NJAT0149

SAT762K

DISASSEMBLY
1. a. b. c. Check operation of forward clutch and overrun clutch. Install bearing retainer on forward clutch drum. Apply compressed air to oil hole of forward clutch drum. Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.

NJAT0150

SAT201D

d.

If retaining plate does not contact snap ring: D-ring might be damaged. Oil seal might be damaged. Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.

SAT202D

AT-294

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch (Contd)

2. 3.

Remove snap ring for forward clutch. Do not narrow the size of snap ring excessively. Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate for forward clutch.

GI MA EM

SAT203D

LC
4. 5. Remove snap ring for overrun clutch. Do not narrow the size of snap ring excessively. Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate for overrun clutch.

EC FE CL

SAT204D

MT
6. 7. Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from forward clutch drum while compressing return springs. Set Tool directly above return springs. Do not expand snap ring excessively. Remove spring retainer and return springs.

AX SU BR

SAT205D

8.

Remove forward clutch piston with overrun clutch piston from forward clutch drum by turning it.

ST RS BT HA

SAT216D

9.

Remove overrun clutch piston from forward clutch piston by turning it.

SC EL IDX

SAT215D

AT-295

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch (Contd)

10. Remove D-rings and oil seals from forward clutch piston and overrun clutch piston.

SAT140E

INSPECTION Snap Rings and Spring Retainer


Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.

NJAT0151 NJAT0151S01

Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch Return Springs NJAT0151S02


Check for deformation or damage. Measure free length and outer diameter. Inspection standard: Refer to SDS, AT-357. Replace if deformed or fatigued.

SAT138D

Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch Drive Plates


Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. Measure thickness of facing. Thickness of drive plate: Forward clutch Standard value: 1.8 mm (0.071 in) Wear limit: 1.6 mm (0.063 in) Overrun clutch Standard value: 1.6 mm (0.063 in) Wear limit: 1.4 mm (0.055 in) If not within wear limit, replace.

NJAT0151S03

SAT162D

AT-296

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch (Contd)

Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch Dish Plates


Check for deformation or damage. Measure thickness of dish plate. Thickness of dish plate t: Forward clutch: 2.5 mm (0.098 in) Overrun clutch: 2.15 mm (0.0846 in) If deformed or fatigued, replace.

NJAT0151S04

GI MA EM LC

SAT163D

Forward Clutch Drum


NJAT0151S05

Make sure check balls are not fixed. Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole from outside of forward clutch drum. Make sure air leaks past ball. Apply compressed air to oil hole from inside of forward clutch drum. Make sure there is no air leakage.

EC FE CL

SAT213D

MT
Overrun Clutch Piston

NJAT0151S06

Make sure check balls are not fixed. Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return spring. Make sure there is no air leakage. Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side. Make sure air leaks past ball.

AX SU BR

SAT212D

ASSEMBLY
1.

NJAT0152

Install D-rings and oil seals on forward clutch piston and overrun clutch piston. Take care with direction of oil seal. Apply ATF to both parts.

ST RS BT HA

SAT208DA

2.

Install overrun clutch piston assembly on forward clutch piston while turning it slowly. Apply ATF to inner surface of forward clutch piston.

SC EL IDX

SAT215D

AT-297

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch (Contd)

3.

Install forward clutch piston assembly on forward clutch drum while turning it slowly. Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.

SAT216D

4.

Align notch in forward clutch piston with groove in forward clutch drum.

SAT217D

5. 6.

Install return spring on piston. Install spring retainer on return springs. For return spring, refer to AT-357.

SAT218D

7.

Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while compressing return springs. Set Tool directly above return springs.

SAT205D

Do not align snap ring gap with spring retainer stopper.

SAT220D

AT-298

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch (Contd)

8. 9.

Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate for overrun clutch. Install snap ring for overrun clutch.

GI MA EM

SAT204D

LC
10. Measure clearance between overrun clutch retaining plate and snap ring. If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate. Specified clearance: Standard: 1.0 - 1.4 mm (0.039 - 0.055 in) Allowable limit: 2.0 mm (0.079 in) Overrun clutch retaining plate: Refer to SDS, AT-356.

EC FE CL MT

SAT227D

11. Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate for forward clutch. Take care with the order and direction of plates. 12. Install snap ring for forward clutch.

AX SU BR

SAT203D

13. Measure clearance between forward clutch retaining plate and snap ring. If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate. Specified clearance: Standard: 0.45 - 0.85 mm (0.0177 - 0.0335 in) Allowable limit: 1.85 mm (0.0728 in) Forward clutch retaining plate: Refer to SDS, AT-356.

ST RS BT HA

SAT228D

14. Check operation of forward clutch. Refer to Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch, AT-294.

SC EL IDX

SAT201D

AT-299

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch (Contd)

15. Check operation of overrun clutch. Refer to Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch, AT-294.

SAT202D

AT-300

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Low & Reverse Brake

Low & Reverse Brake


COMPONENTS
=NJAT0153

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX
SAT757K

SU BR
DISASSEMBLY
1. a. b. c.
SAT230D
NJAT0154

Check operation of low & reverse brake. Apply compressed air to oil hole of transmission case. Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring. If retaining plate does not contact snap ring: D-ring might be damaged. Oil seal might be damaged. Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.

ST RS BT HA

2. 3. 4.

Stand transmission case. Remove snap ring. Do not narrow the size of snap ring excessively. Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate from transmission case.

SC EL IDX

SAT231D

AT-301

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Low & Reverse Brake (Contd)

5. 6.

Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring while compressing return springs. Set Tool directly above return springs. Do not narrow the size of snap ring excessively. Remove spring retainer and return springs.

SAT242D

Do not remove return springs from spring retainer.

SAT303E

7. 8.

Apply compressed air to oil hole of transmission case while holding piston. Remove piston from transmission case by turning it.

SAT234D

9.

Remove D-ring and oil seal from piston.

SAT767G

AT-302

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Low & Reverse Brake (Contd)

INSPECTION NJAT0155 Low & Reverse Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and GI Return Springs NJAT0155S01
Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. Replace if necessary. When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.

MA EM LC

Low & Reverse Brake Drive Plates


Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. Measure thickness of facing. Thickness of drive plate: Standard value: 2.0 mm (0.079 in) Wear limit: 1.8 mm (0.071 in) If not within wear limit, replace.

NJAT0155S02

EC FE CL MT

SAT162D

ASSEMBLY
1. Install D-ring and oil seal on piston. Take care with the direction of the oil seal. Apply ATF to both parts.

NJAT0156

AX SU BR

SAT235DA

2. 3.

Stand transmission case. Install piston assembly on transmission case while turning it slowly. Apply ATF to inner surface of transmission case.

ST RS BT HA

SAT239D

4.

Install return springs and spring retainer on piston. For return spring, refer to AT-357.

SC EL IDX

SAT241D

AT-303

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Low & Reverse Brake (Contd)

5.

Install snap ring while compressing return springs. Set Tool directly above return springs.

SAT242D

6.

Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plates and dished plates. Do not align the projections on the two dished plates. Make sure to put the plates in the correct order and direction.

SAT254E

7.

Install snap ring.

SAT231D

8.

Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate (front side). Specified clearance: Standard: 1.4 - 1.8 mm (0.055 - 0.071 in) Allowable limit: 2.8 mm (0.110 in) Retaining plate: Refer to SDS, AT-356.

SAT246D

9.

Check operation of low & reverse brake. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, AT-301.

SAT230D

AT-304

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub

Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub
COMPONENTS
NJAT0157

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX
SAT975H

SU BR

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove overrun clutch hub from forward clutch hub.

NJAT0158

ST RS BT HA

SAT249D

2.

Remove thrust washer from forward clutch hub.

SC EL IDX

SAT250D

AT-305

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub (Contd)

3.

Remove forward clutch hub from rear internal gear.

SAT251D

4.

Remove end bearing from rear internal gear.

SAT252D

5.

Remove thrust washer from rear internal gear.

SAT253D

6.

Remove end bearing from forward one-way clutch.

SAT254D

7.

Remove one-way clutch from forward clutch hub.

SAT255D

AT-306

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub (Contd)

INSPECTION NJAT0159 Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun GI Clutch Hub NJAT0159S01
Check rubbing surfaces for wear or damage.

MA EM
SAT256D

LC
Snap Ring, End Bearings and Forward One-way Clutch NJAT0159S02
Check snap ring and end bearings for deformation and damage. Check forward one-way clutch for wear and damage.

EC FE CL

SAT257D

MT
ASSEMBLY
1.
NJAT0160

Install forward one-way clutch on forward clutch. Take care with the direction of forward one-way clutch.

AX SU BR
SAT976H

2.

Install end bearing on forward one-way clutch. Apply petroleum jelly to end bearing.

ST RS BT HA

SAT259D

3.

Install thrust washer on rear internal gear. Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer. Align pawls of thrust washer with holes of rear internal gear.

SC EL IDX

SAT260D

AT-307

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub (Contd)

4.

Install end bearing on rear internal gear. Apply petroleum jelly to end bearing.

SAT261D

5.

Install forward clutch hub on rear internal gear. Check operation of forward one-way clutch. Hold rear internal gear and turn forward clutch hub. Check forward clutch hub for correct locking and unlocking directions. If not as shown in illustration, check installation direction of forward one-way clutch.

SAT713H

6.

Install thrust washer and overrun clutch hub. Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer. Align pawls of thrust washer with holes of overrun clutch hub.

SAT263D

7.

Install overrun clutch hub on rear internal gear. Align projections of rear internal gear with holes of overrun clutch hub.

SAT264D

AT-308

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


O/Shaft, O/Gear, I/Gear, R/Pinion Gear and B/Retainer Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models

O/Shaft, O/Gear, I/Gear, R/Pinion Gear and B/ Retainer Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models
COMPONENTS
NJAT0239

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR
SAT104KA

ST RS BT HA
DISASSEMBLY
1.
NJAT0240

SC EL IDX

Remove seal rings from output shaft and bearing retainer.

SAT666D

AT-309

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


O/Shaft, O/Gear, I/Gear, R/Pinion Gear and B/Retainer Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models (Contd)

2.

Press out output shaft bearing inner race.

SAT592G

3.

Remove output shaft bearing outer race from bearing retainer.

SAT168K

4.

Remove output gear bearing inner race.

SAT669D

5.

Remove output gear bearing outer race from bearing retainer.

SAT169K

6.

Remove idler gear bearing inner race.

SAT648D

AT-310

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


O/Shaft, O/Gear, I/Gear, R/Pinion Gear and B/Retainer Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models (Contd)

7.

Remove idler gear bearing outer race from transmission case.

GI MA EM
NAT047

LC
8. Press out reduction pinion gear bearing from reduction pinion gear.

EC FE CL

NAT048

MT
9. Remove reduction pinion gear bearing outer race from transmission case.

AX SU BR
SAT651D

INSPECTION NJAT0241 ST Output Shaft, Output Gear, Idler Gear and Reduction Pinion Gear NJAT0241S01

SPD715

Check shafts for cracks, wear or bending. Check gears for wear, chips and cracks.
NJAT0241S02

RS BT HA SC EL IDX

Bearings

Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks, pitting or wear. When replacing taper roller bearing, replace inner and outer race as a set.
NJAT0241S03

Seal Ring Clearance


SAT671D

Install new seal rings to output shaft. Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of output shaft. Standard clearance: 0.10 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in) Wear limit: 0.25 mm (0.0098 in) If not within wear limit, replace output shaft. Install new seal rings to bearing retainer.

AT-311

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


O/Shaft, O/Gear, I/Gear, R/Pinion Gear and B/Retainer Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models (Contd)

Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of bearing retainer. Standard clearance: 0.10 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in) Wear limit: 0.25 mm (0.0098 in) If not within wear limit, replace bearing retainer.

ASSEMBLY
1.

NJAT0242

Press reduction pinion gear bearing on reduction pinion gear.

NAT049

2.

Install reduction pinion gear bearing outer race on transmission case.

SAT654DA

3.

Press idler gear bearing inner race on idler gear.

SAT655D

4.

Install idler gear bearing outer race on transmission case.

NAT051

AT-312

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


O/Shaft, O/Gear, I/Gear, R/Pinion Gear and B/Retainer Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models (Contd)

5.

Press output gear bearing inner race on output gear.

GI MA EM
SAT655D

LC
6. Install output gear bearing outer race on bearing retainer.

EC FE CL
SAT934DA

MT
7. Press output shaft bearing inner race on output shaft.

AX SU BR
SAT592G

8.

Install output shaft bearing outer race on bearing retainer.

ST RS BT HA

SAT937DA

9.

Install new seal rings onto output shaft and bearing retainer. Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.

SC EL IDX

SAT676D

AT-313

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


O/Shaft, O/Gear, I/Gear, R/Pinion Gear and B/Retainer Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models (Contd)

10. Roll paper around seal rings to prevent seal rings from spreading.

SAT677D

Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer 3BX00 and 3BX09 models
COMPONENTS
NJAT0161

SAT105KA

AT-314

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer 3BX00 and 3BX09 models (Contd)

DISASSEMBLY
1.

NJAT0162

Remove seal rings from output shaft and bearing retainer.

GI MA EM

SAT644D

LC
2. Remove output shaft bearing with screwdrivers. Do not damage output shaft.

EC FE CL

SAT645DA

MT
3. Remove snap ring from bearing retainer. Do not narrow the size of snap ring excessively.

AX SU BR
SAT646DA

4.

Remove needle bearing from bearing retainer.

ST RS BT HA

NAT046

5.

Remove idler gear bearing inner race from idler gear.

SC EL IDX

SAT648D

AT-315

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer 3BX00 and 3BX09 models (Contd)

6.

Remove idler gear bearing outer race from transmission case.

NAT047

7.

Press out reduction pinion gear bearing from reduction pinion gear.

NAT048

8.

Remove reduction pinion gear bearing outer race from transmission case.

SAT651D

INSPECTION NJAT0163 Output Shaft, Idler Gear and Reduction Pinion Gear NJAT0163S01
Check shafts for cracks, wear or bending. Check gears for wear, chips and cracks.

Bearing

NJAT0163S02

Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks, pitting or wear. When replacing taper roller bearing, replace outer and inner race as a set.

SPD715

AT-316

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer 3BX00 and 3BX09 models (Contd)

Seal Ring Clearance


NJAT0163S03

SAT652D

Install new seal rings to output shaft. Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of output shaft. Standard clearance: 0.10 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in) Allowable limit: 0.25 mm (0.0098 in) If not within allowable limit, replace output shaft. Install new seal rings to bearing retainer. Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of bearing retainer. Standard clearance: 0.10 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in) Allowable limit: 0.25 mm (0.0098 in) If not within allowable limit, replace bearing retainer.

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

ASSEMBLY
1.

NJAT0164

Press reduction pinion gear bearing on reduction pinion gear.

AX SU BR
NAT049

2.

Install reduction pinion gear bearing outer race on transmission case.

ST RS BT HA

SAT654DA

3.

Press idler gear bearing inner race on idler gear.

SC EL IDX

SAT655D

AT-317

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer 3BX00 and 3BX09 models (Contd)

4.

Install idler gear bearing outer race on transmission case.

NAT051

5.

Press output shaft bearing on output shaft.

NAT052

6.

Press needle bearing on bearing retainer.

SAT658D

7.

Install snap ring to bearing retainer.

SAT659DA

8.

After packing ring grooves with petroleum jelly, carefully install new seal rings on output shaft and bearing retainer.

SAT660D

AT-318

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer 3BX00 and 3BX09 models (Contd)

Roll paper around seal rings to prevent seal rings from spreading.

GI MA EM
SAT661D

LC

Band Servo Piston Assembly


COMPONENTS
NJAT0165

EC FE CL MT

AX SU
SAT098KA

BR ST RS BT HA

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove band servo piston snap ring. Do not narrow the size of snap ring excessively.

NJAT0166

SAT288D

2.

Apply compressed air to oil hole in transmission case to remove OD servo piston retainer and band servo piston assembly. Hold band servo piston assembly with a rag or nylon waste.

SC EL IDX

SAT289D

AT-319

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Band Servo Piston Assembly (Contd)

3.

Apply compressed air to oil hole in OD servo piston retainer to remove OD servo piston from retainer. Hold OD servo piston while applying compressed air.

SAT290DB

4.

Remove D-ring from OD servo piston.

SAT593GB

5.

Remove O-rings from OD servo piston retainer.

SAT292DA

6.

Remove band servo piston assembly from servo piston retainer by pushing it forward.

SAT293D

7.

Place piston stem end on a wooden block. While pushing servo piston spring retainer down, remove E-ring.

SAT294D

AT-320

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Band Servo Piston Assembly (Contd)

8.

Remove OD servo return spring, band servo thrust washer and band servo piston stem from band servo piston.

GI MA EM
SAT295DA

LC
9. Remove O-rings from servo piston retainer.

EC FE CL
SAT296DA

MT
10. Remove D-rings from band servo piston.

AX SU BR
SAT594GA

INSPECTION Pistons, Retainers and Piston Stem

NJAT0167 NJAT0167S01

ST RS BT HA

Check frictional surfaces for abnormal wear or damage.

SAT298DA

Return Springs
Check for deformation or damage. Measure free length and outer diameter. Band servo inspection standard: Refer to SDS, AT-365.

NJAT0167S02

SC EL IDX

SAT138D

AT-321

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Band Servo Piston Assembly (Contd)

ASSEMBLY
1. Install D-rings to servo piston retainer. Apply ATF to O-rings. Pay attention to position of each O-ring.

NJAT0168

SAT595GA

2.

Install band servo piston stem, band servo thrust washer, OD servo return spring and spring retainer to band servo piston.

SAT295DA

3.

Place piston stem end on a wooden block. While pushing servo piston spring retainer down, install E-ring.

SAT301D

4.

Install O-rings to servo piston retainer. Apply ATF to O-rings. Pay attention to the positions of the O-rings.

SAT296DA

5.

Install band servo piston assembly to servo piston retainer by pushing it inward.

SAT303D

AT-322

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Band Servo Piston Assembly (Contd)

6.

Install D-ring to OD servo piston. Apply ATF to D-ring.

GI MA EM

SAT596GB

LC
7. Install O-rings to OD servo piston retainer. Apply ATF to O-rings. Pay attention to the positions of the O-rings.

EC FE CL

SAT292DA

MT
8. Install OD servo piston to OD servo piston retainer.

AX SU BR
SAT306DA

9.

Install band servo piston assembly and 2nd servo return spring to transmission case. Apply ATF to O-ring of band servo piston and transmission case.

ST RS BT HA

SAT307DA

10. Install OD servo piston assembly to transmission case. Apply ATF to O-ring of band servo piston and transmission case.

SC EL IDX

AAT692

AT-323

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Band Servo Piston Assembly (Contd)

11. Install band servo piston snap ring to transmission case.

SAT288D

Final Drive
COMPONENTS-1 EXCEPT 3BX00 AND 3BX09 MODELS NJAT0354

SAT680DC

COMPONENTS-2 3BX00 AND 3BX09 MODELS

NJAT0169

SAT040KA

AT-324

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Final Drive (Contd)

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove final gear.

NJAT0170

GI MA EM

SAT311D

LC
2. Press out differential side bearings.

EC FE CL
SAT099K

MT
3. Remove speedometer drive gear.

AX SU BR
SAT313D

4.

Drive out pinion mate shaft lock pin.

ST RS BT HA

SAT970H

5. 6.

Draw out pinion mate shaft from differential case. Remove pinion mate gears and side gears.

SC EL IDX

SAT316D

AT-325

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Final Drive (Contd)

INSPECTION Gear, Washer, Shaft and Case


NJAT0171 NJAT0171S01

Check mating surfaces of differential case, side gears, pinion and mate gears. Check washers for wear.

SAT041K

Bearings

NJAT0171S03

Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks, pitting or wear. When replacing taper roller bearing, replace outer and inner race as a set.

SPD715

ASSEMBLY
1. 2.

NJAT0172

Install side gear and thrust washers in differential case. Install pinion mate gears and thrust washers in differential case while rotating them. When inserting, be careful not to damage pinion mate gear washers. Apply ATF to any parts.

SAT318D

3. a. b.

Measure clearance between side gear and differential case with washers using the following procedure. Set Tool and dial indicator on side gear. Move side gear up and down to measure dial indicator deflection. Always measure indicator deflection on both side gears. Clearance between side gear and differential case with washers: 0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in)

NAT056

c.

If not within specification adjust clearance by changing thickness of side gear thrust washers. Side gear thrust washer: Refer to SDS, AT-358.

SMT616

AT-326

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS


Final Drive (Contd)

4.

Install lock pin. Make sure that lock pin is flush with case.

GI MA EM

SAT970H

LC
5. Install speedometer drive gear on differential case. Align the projection of speedometer drive gear with the groove of differential case.

EC FE CL

SAT313D

MT
6. Install final gear and tighten fixing bolts in numerical order.

AX SU BR
SAT326D

7.

Press on differential side bearings.

ST RS BT HA

SMT700B

SC EL IDX

AT-327

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1)

Assembly (1)
1. Install revolution sensor onto transmission case. Always use new sealing parts.

NJAT0173

SAT311G

2.

Install differential side oil seals on transmission case and converter housing, so that A and B are within specifications.

SAT881I

Unit: mm (in) A 5.5 - 6.5 (0.217 - 0.256) B 0.5 to 0.5 (0.020 to 0.020)

SAT027K

3.

Install parking actuator support to transmission case. Pay attention to direction of parking actuator support.

SAT328DA

4.

Install parking pawl on transmission case and fix it with parking shaft.

SAT329D

AT-328

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1) (Contd)

5.

Install return spring.

GI MA EM
SAT330D

LC

Adjustment (1)
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD
1. 2.

NJAT0174 NJAT0174S01

EC FE CL

Install differential side bearing outer race without adjusting shim on transmission case. Install differential side bearing outer race on converter housing.

NAT059

MT
3. 4. Place final drive assembly on transmission case. Install transmission case on converter housing. Tighten transmission case fixing bolts A and B to the specified torque.

AX SU BR
SAT027D

5. 6. 7.

8.

Attach dial indicator on differential case at transmission case side. Insert Tool into differential side gear from converter housing. Move Tool up and down and measure dial indicator deflection. Differential side bearing preload T: 0.04 - 0.09 mm (0.0016 - 0.0035 in) Select proper thickness of differential side bearing adjusting shim(s) using SDS table as a guide. Differential side bearing adjusting shim: Refer to SDS, AT-358.

ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

NAT060

AT-329

ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (1) (Contd)

9. Remove converter housing from transmission case. 10. Remove final drive assembly from transmission case. 11. Remove differential side bearing outer race from transmission case. 12. Reinstall differential side bearing outer race and shim(s) selected from SDS table on transmission case. 13. Reinstall converter housing on transmission case and tighten transmission case fixing bolts to the specified torque.

NAT033

14. Insert Tool into differential case and measure turning torque of final drive assembly. Turn final drive assembly in both directions several times to seat bearing rollers correctly. Turning torque of final drive assembly (New bearing): 0.49 - 1.08 Nm (5.0 - 11.0 kg-cm, 4.3 - 9.5 in-lb) When old bearing is used again, turning torque will be slightly less than the above. Make sure torque is close to the specified range.
NAT062

REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING PRELOAD


NJAT0174S02

Be sure to remove final drive assembly before doing this procedure. Using caliper and straightedge, calculate a dimention T (adjuster shim thickness) in the left figure by the following formula. And adjust the inspection standard for pre-load (rotating slide torque) as shown below. T=AE Inspection standard for preload: 0.1 - 0.69 Nm (1.1 - 7.0 kg-cm, 0.95 - 6.08 in-lb) Remove transmission case and final drive assembly from converter housing. Select proper thickness of reduction pinion gear bearing adjusting shim using the following procedures. Place reduction pinion gear on transmission case as shown.

SAT876J

1. 2. a.

SAT332DA

b. c.

Place idler gear bearing on transmission case. Measure dimensions B, C and D and calculate dimension A. A = D (B + C) A: Distance between the surface of idler gear bearing inner race and the adjusting shim mating surface of reduction pinion gear.

SAT333DA

AT-330

ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (1) (Contd)

Measure dimension B between the end of reduction pinion gear and the surface of transmission case. Measure dimension B in at least two places.

GI MA EM

SAT334DA

LC
Measure dimension C between the surface of idler gear bearing inner race and the surface of transmission case. Measure dimension C in at least two places.

EC FE CL

SAT335D

MT
Measure dimension D between the end of reduction pinion gear and the adjusting shim mating surface of reduction pinion gear. Measure dimension D in at least two places. Calculate dimension A. A = D (B + C)

AX SU BR

SAT336DA

d.

Measure dimension E between the end of idler gear and the idler gear bearing inner race mating surface of idler gear. Measure dimension E in at least two places.

ST RS BT HA

SAT337D

e.

Calculate T and select proper thickness of reduction pinion gear bearing adjusting shim using SDS table as a guide. T = A E 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)* Reduction pinion gear bearing adjusting shim: Refer to SDS, AT-360. *: Bearing preload

SC EL IDX

AT-331

ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (1) (Contd)

3. 4. 5.

Install reduction pinion gear and reduction pinion gear bearing adjusting shim selected in step 2-e on transmission case. Press idler gear bearing inner race on idler gear. Press idler gear on reduction pinion gear. Press idler gear so that idler gear can be locked by parking pawl.

SAT338DA

6.

Tighten idler gear lock nut to the specified torque. Lock idler gear with parking pawl when tightening lock nut.

SAT339D

7.

Measure turning torque of reduction pinion gear. When measuring turning torque, turn reduction pinion gear in both directions several times to seat bearing rollers correctly. Turning torque of reduction pinion gear: 0.1 - 0.69 Nm (1.1 - 7.0 kg-cm, 0.95 - 6.08 in-lb)

SAT340DC

OUTPUT SHAFT BEARING PRELOAD EXCEPT 3BX00 AND 3BX09 MODELS


1. a. b.

NJAT0174S04

Select proper thickness of output shaft bearing adjusting spacer using the following procedures. Remove paper rolled around output shaft. Place bearing retainer on output shaft.

SAT682D

c. d.

Place output gear bearing inner race on bearing retainer. Measure dimensions G and H and calculate dimension F. F: Distance between the surface of output gear bearing inner race and adjusting shim mating surface of output shaft. F=HG

SAT683D

AT-332

ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (1) (Contd)

Measure dimension G between end of output shaft and surface of output gear bearing inner race. Measure dimension G in at least two places.

GI MA EM

SAT684D

LC
Measure dimension H between end of output shaft and adjusting spacer mating surface of output shaft. Measure dimension H in at least two places. Calculate dimension F. F=HG

EC FE CL

SAT685D

MT
e. Measure dimension I between end of output gear (adjusting spacer mating surface) and bearing inner race fitting surface. Measure dimension I in at least two places.

AX SU BR
SAT686D

f.

g.

Calculate dimension T2. T2: Distance between adjusting spacer mating surface of output gear and output shaft T2 = F I Select proper thickness of output shaft bearing adjusting spacer using SDS table as a guide. Output shaft bearing adjusting spacer: Refer to SDS, AT-362.

ST RS BT HA

2.

Install bearing retainer on transmission case.

SC EL IDX

SAT687D

AT-333

ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (1) (Contd)

3. 4. 5. 6.

Place output shaft on bearing retainer. Place output shaft bearing adjusting spacer selected in step 1-g on output shaft. Press output gear bearing inner race on output gear. Press output gear on output shaft.

SAT688D

7.

Tighten output gear lock nut to specified torque.

SAT689D

8.

Remove idler gear to measure output shaft bearing preload.

SAT690D

9.

Measure output shaft bearing preload. When measuring bearing preload, turn output shaft in both directions several times to seat bearing rollers correctly. Output shaft bearing preload: 0.25 - 0.88 Nm (2.5 - 9.0 kg-cm, 2.2 - 7.8 in-lb) If not within specified range, readjust bearing preload.

SAT691D

10. Install idler gear and tighten lock nut to specified torque. 11. After properly adjusting bearing preload, clinch idler gear and output gear lock nuts as shown.

SAT692D

AT-334

ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (1) (Contd)

12. Install new gasket and side cover on transmission case. Always replace side cover bolts when removed. Refer to Overhaul, AT-244.

GI MA EM

SAT224E

LC
OUTPUT SHAFT END PLAY 3BX00 AND 3BX09 MODELS NJAT0174S03
Measure clearance between side cover and the end of the output shaft bearing. Select proper thickness of adjusting shim so that clearance is within specifications.

EC FE CL

SAT341D

MT
1. Install bearing retainer for output shaft.

AX SU BR
SAT347DA

2.

Install output shaft thrust needle bearing on bearing retainer.

ST RS BT HA

SAT438D

3.

Install output shaft on transmission case.

SC EL IDX

SAT439D

AT-335

ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (1) (Contd)

4.

Measure dimensions 1 and 2 at side cover and then calculate dimension A. Measure dimension 1 and 2 in at least two places A: Distance between transmission case fitting surface and adjusting shim mating surface A= 1 2 2: Height of gauge

SAT874DA

5.

Measure dimensions 2 and 3 and then calculate dimension B. Measure 2 and 3 in at least two places. B: Distance between the end of output shaft bearing outer race and the side cover fitting surface of transmission case B= 2 3 2: Height of gauge

SAT875DA

6.

7.

Select proper thickness of adjusting shim so that output shaft end play (clearance between side cover and output shaft bearing) is within specifications. Output shaft end play (A B): 0 - 0.5 mm (0 - 0.020 in) Output shaft end play adjusting shim: Refer to SDS, AT-363. Install adjusting shim on output shaft bearing.

SAT440D

8.

Apply locking sealant to transmission case as shown in illustration.

SAT441D

9.

Install side cover on transmission case. Apply locking sealant to the mating surface of transmission case.

SAT442D

AT-336

ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (1) (Contd)

10.

Tighten side cover fixing bolts to specified torque. Do not mix bolts A and B. Always replace bolts A as they are self-sealing bolts. Refer to Overhaul, AT-245.

GI MA EM

SAT124E

LC

Assembly (2)
1. 2. Remove paper rolled around bearing retainer. Install thrust washer on bearing retainer. Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.

NJAT0175

EC FE CL

SAT354D

MT
3. Install forward clutch assembly. Align teeth of low & reverse brake drive plates before installing. Make sure that bearing retainer seal rings are not spread.

AX SU BR

SAT355D

4.

Install thrust needle bearing on bearing retainer. Apply petroleum jelly to thrust bearing. Pay attention to direction of thrust needle bearing.

ST RS BT HA

SAT356D

5.

Install thrust needle bearing on rear internal gear. Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle bearing. Pay attention to direction of thrust needle bearing.

SC EL IDX

SAT357D

AT-337

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (2) (Contd)

6.

Hold forward clutch hub and turn overrun clutch hub. Check overrun clutch hub for directions of lock and unlock. If not as shown in illustration, check installed direction of forward one-way clutch.

SAT358D

7.

Install rear internal gear assembly. Align teeth of forward clutch and overrun clutch drive plate.

SAT359D

8.

Install needle bearing on rear planetary carrier. Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.

SAT360D

9.

Install rear sun gear on rear planetary carrier. Pay attention to direction of rear sun gear.

SAT052D

10. Install rear planetary carrier on transmission case.

SAT362D

AT-338

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (2) (Contd)

11. Install thrust needle bearing on front planetary carrier. Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle bearing. Pay attention to direction of thrust needle bearing.

GI MA EM

SAT363D

LC
12. Install low one-way clutch to front planetary carrier by turning it in the direction of the arrow as shown. 13. While holding front planetary carrier, turn low one-way clutch. Check low one-way clutch for correct directions of lock and unlock.

EC FE CL

SAT048D

MT
14. Install front planetary carrier assembly on transmission case.

AX SU BR
SAT047D

15. Install snap ring with screwdriver. Forward clutch and bearings must be correctly installed for snap ring to fit groove of transmission case.

ST RS BT HA

SAT046D

16. Install needle bearing on front sun gear. Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.

SC EL IDX

SAT367D

AT-339

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (2) (Contd)

17. Install front sun gear on front planetary carrier.

SAT368D

18. Install needle bearing on front sun gear. Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.

SAT369D

19. Install high clutch hub on front sun gear.

SAT370D

20. Install needle bearing on high clutch hub. Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.

SAT371D

21. Remove paper rolled around input shaft. 22. Install input shaft assembly. Align teeth of high clutch drive plates before installing.

SAT372D

AT-340

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (2) (Contd)

23. Install reverse clutch assembly. Align teeth of reverse clutch drive plates before installing.

GI MA EM

SAT373D

LC

Adjustment (2)

NJAT0176

When any parts listed below are replaced, adjust total end play and reverse clutch end play.
Part name Transmission case Overrun clutch hub Rear internal gear Rear planetary carrier Rear sun gear Front planetary carrier Front sun gear High clutch hub High clutch drum Oil pump cover Reverse clutch drum Total end play Reverse clutch end play

EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR
NJAT0176S01

TOTAL END PLAY


Measure clearance between reverse clutch drum and needle bearing for oil pump cover. Select proper thickness of bearing race so that end play is within specifications.

ST RS BT HA

SAT374D

1.

Measure dimensions K and L and then calculate dimension J.

SC EL IDX

SAT375D

AT-341

ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (2) (Contd)

a.

Measure dimension K.

SAT376D

b. c.

Measure dimension L. Calculate dimension J. J: Distance between oil pump fitting surface of transmission case and needle bearing mating surface of high clutch drum J=KL

SAT377D

2. a.

Measure dimension M. Place bearing race and needle bearing on oil pump assembly.

SAT378D

b.

Measure dimension M. M: Distance between transmission case fitting surface and needle bearing on oil pump cover M1: Indication of gauge

SAT379D

c.

Measure thickness of straightedge t. M = M1 t

SAT443D

AT-342

ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (2) (Contd)

3.

Adjust total end play T3. T3 = J M Total end play T3: 0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in) Select proper thickness of bearing race so that total end play is within specifications. Bearing races: Refer to SDS, AT-364.

GI MA EM LC

REVERSE CLUTCH END PLAY


NJAT0176S02

Measure clearance between oil pump cover and thrust washer for reverse clutch drum. Select proper thickness of thrust washer so that end play is within specifications.

EC FE CL

SAT380D

MT
1. Measure dimensions O and P and then calculate dimension N.

AX SU BR
SAT381D

a. b.

Place thrust washer on reverse clutch drum. Measure dimension O.

ST RS BT HA

SAT382D

c. d.

Measure dimension P. Calculate dimension N. N: Distance between oil pump fitting surface of transmission case and thrust washer on reverse clutch drum N=OP

SC EL IDX

SAT383D

AT-343

ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (2) (Contd)

2.

Measure dimensions R and S and then calculate dimension Q.

SAT384D

a.

Measure dimension R.

SAT385D

b. c.

Measure dimension S. Calculate dimension Q. Q: Distance between transmission case fitting surface and thrust washer mating surface Q=RS

SAT386D

3.

Adjust reverse clutch end play T4. T4 = N Q Reverse clutch end play: 0.65 - 1.00 mm (0.0256 - 0.0394 in) Select proper thickness of thrust washer so that reverse clutch end play is within specifications. Thrust washer: Refer to SDS, AT-364.

Assembly (3)
1. 2.

NJAT0177

Remove reverse clutch assembly and install needle bearing on high clutch assembly. Pay attention to direction of needle bearing. Install reverse clutch assembly.

SAT387D

AT-344

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (3) (Contd)

3. 4.

Install anchor end pin and lock nut on transmission case. Place brake band on outside of reverse clutch drum. Tighten anchor end pin just enough so that brake band is evenly fitted on reverse clutch drum.

GI MA EM

SAT038D

LC
5. Place bearing race selected in total end play adjustment step on oil pump cover. Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.

EC FE CL

SAT389D

MT
6. Place thrust washer selected in reverse clutch end play step on reverse clutch drum. Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.

AX SU BR
SAT390D

7.

Install oil pump assembly on transmission case.

ST RS BT HA

SAT391D

8.

Tighten oil pump fixing bolts to specified torque.

SC EL IDX

SAT392D

AT-345

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (3) (Contd)

9.

Install O-ring to input shaft. Apply ATF to O-ring.

SAT034D

10. Adjust brake band. a. Tighten anchor end pin to specified torque. Anchor end pin: : 3.9 - 5.9 Nm (0.40 - 0.60 kg-m, 35 - 52 in-lb)

SAT394D

b.

Back off anchor end pin two and a half turns.

SAT395D

c.

While holding anchor end pin, tighten lock nut.

SAT396D

11. Apply compressed air to oil holes of transmission case and check operation of brake band.

SAT397D

AT-346

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (4)

Assembly (4)
1. Install final drive assembly on transmission case.

NJAT0178

GI MA EM

SAT030D

LC
2. Install oil tube on converter housing.

EC FE CL
SAT033DC

MT
3. 4. Install O-ring on differential oil port of transmission case. Install converter housing on transmission case. Apply locking sealant to mating surface of converter housing.
Bolt A B Length mm (in) 32.8 (1.291) 40 (1.57)

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA

SAT405D

5. a.

Install accumulator piston. Check contact surface of accumulator piston for damage.

SC EL IDX

SAT406DA

AT-347

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (4) (Contd)

b.

Install O-rings on accumulator piston. Apply ATF to O-rings. Accumulator piston O-rings: Refer to SDS, AT-364.

SAT407DA

c.

Install accumulator pistons and return springs on transmission case. Apply ATF to inner surface of transmission case. Return springs: Refer to SDS, AT-364.

SAT878J

6.

Install lip seals for band servo oil holes on transmission case. Apply petroleum jelly to lip seals.

SAT021D

SAT022D

7. a.

Install control valve assembly. Insert manual valve into control valve assembly. Apply ATF to manual valve.

SAT017D

AT-348

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (4) (Contd)

b. c.

Pass solenoid harness through transmission case and install terminal body on transmission case by pushing it. Install stopper ring to terminal body.

GI MA EM

AAT261A

LC
Tighten bolts A, B and C. : 6.8 - 8.8 Nm (0.70 - 0.89 kg-m, 61 - 77 in-lb) Bolt length, number and location
Bolt symbol Bolt length Number of bolts A 40.0 mm (1.575 in) 5 B 33.0 mm (1.299 in) 6 C 43.5 mm (1.713 in) 2

d.

EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR
AAT260A

8. a.

Install oil pan. Attach magnet to oil pan.

ST RS BT HA

SAT418D

b. c. d.

Install new oil pan gasket on transmission case. Install oil pan on transmission case. Always replace oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing bolts. Tighten the four bolts in a criss-cross pattern to prevent dislocation of gasket. Tighten drain plug to specified torque.

SC EL IDX

SAT128E

AT-349

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (4) (Contd)

9. a. b. c.

Install PNP switch. Set manual shaft in P position. Temporarily install PNP switch on manual shaft. Move selector lever to N position.

SAT023JB

d. 1) 2) e. f.

Use a 4 mm (0.157 in) pin for this adjustment. Insert the pin straight into the manual shaft adjustment hole. Rotate PNP switch until the pin can also be inserted straight into hole in PNP switch. Tighten PNP switch fixing bolts. Remove pin from adjustment hole after adjusting PNP switch.

SAT426DC

10. Install oil charging pipe and oil cooler tube to transmission case.

SAT586H

11. Install torque converter. a. Pour ATF into torque converter. Approximately 1 liter (7/8 Imp qt) of fluid is required for a new torque converter. When reusing old torque converter, add the same amount of fluid as was drained.

SAT428DA

b.

Install torque converter while aligning notches of torque converter with notches of oil pump.

SAT429D

AT-350

ASSEMBLY
Assembly (4) (Contd)

c.

Measure distance A to check that torque converter is in proper position. Distance A: 21.1 mm (0.831 in) or more

GI MA EM

SAT430D

LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

AT-351

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


General Specifications

General Specifications
Destination Engine Automatic transaxle model Automatic transaxle assembly Model code number 1st 2nd Transaxle gear ratio 3rd 4th Reverse Final drive Recommended fluid Fluid capacity (Imp qt) 4.342 4.342 4.072 3BX12 3BX10 3BX00 2.861 1.562 1.000 0.697 2.310 4.342 4.342 4.072 QG13DE Except for the Middle East QG16DE QG18DE QG13DE The Middle East QG16DE

NJAT0179

QG18DE

RE4F03B 3BX13 3BX11 3BX09

Genuine Nissan ATF or equivalent*1 7.0 (6-1/8)

*1: Refer to MA-8, Fluids and Lubricants.

Shift Schedule
VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS
With QG13DE model
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) Throttle position D 1 , D2 Full throttle 45 - 53 (28 - 33) 22 - 30 (14 - 19) D2 , D 3 85 - 93 (53 - 58) 45 - 53 (28 - 33) D3 , D4 136 - 144 (85 - 89) 92 - 100 (57 - 62) D4 , D 3 132 - 140 (82 - 87) 48 - 56 (30 - 35) D3 , D 2 75 - 83 (47 - 52) 29 - 37 (18 - 23)

NJAT0180 NJAT0180S01

D2 , D 1 38 - 46 (24 - 29) 5 - 13 (3 - 8)

Half throttle

With QG16DE model


Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) Throttle position D 1 , D2 Full throttle 46 - 54 (29 - 34) 29 - 37 (18 - 23) D2 , D 3 89 - 97 (55 - 60) 57 - 65 (35 - 40) D3 , D4 142 - 150 (88 - 93) 112 - 120 (70 - 75) D4 , D 3 138 - 146 (86 - 91) 78 - 86 (48 - 53) D3 , D 2 79 - 87 (49 - 54) 37 - 45 (23 - 28) D2 , D 1 38 - 46 (24 - 29) 5 - 13 (3 - 8)

Half throttle

With QG18DE model


Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) Throttle position D 1 , D2 Full throttle 50 - 58 (31 - 36) 28 - 36 (17 - 22) D2 , D 3 96 - 104 (60 - 65) 52 - 60 (32 - 37) D3 , D4 152 - 160 (94 - 99) 118 - 126 (73 - 78) D4 , D 3 148 - 156 (92 - 97) 71 - 79 (44 - 49) D3 , D 2 86 - 94 (53 - 58) 33 - 41 (21 - 25) D2 , D 1 41 - 49 (25 - 30) 5 - 13 (3 - 8)

Half throttle

AT-352

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Shift Schedule (Contd)

VEHICLE SPEED WHEN PERFORMING AND RELEASING LOCK-UP


Throttle position Engine Overdrive control switch [Shift position] ON [D4] QG13DE OFF [D3]* ON [D4] Closed throttle QG16DE OFF [D3] ON [D4] QG18DE OFF [D3] ON [D4] QG13DE OFF [D3]* ON [D4] Half throttle QG16DE OFF [D3] ON [D4] QG18DE OFF [D3] 86 - 94 (53 - 58) 86 - 94 (53 - 58) 133 - 141 (83 - 88) 86 - 94 (53 - 58) 130 - 138 (81 - 86) 86 - 94 (53 - 58) 120 - 128 (75 - 80) 86 - 94 (53 - 58) 54 - 62 (34 - 39) 86 - 94 (53 - 58) 54 - 62 (34 - 39) Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) Lock-up ON 54 - 62 (34 - 39)

NJAT0180S02

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

Lock-up OFF 51 - 59 (32 - 37) 83 - 91 (52 - 57) 51 - 59 (32 - 37) 83 - 91 (52 - 57) 51 - 59 (32 - 37) 83 - 91 (52 - 57) 89 - 97 (55 - 60) 83 - 91 (52 - 57) 108 - 116 (67 - 72) 83 - 91 (52 - 57) 102 - 110 (63 - 68) 83 - 91 (52 - 57)

*: Except for the Middle East Closed throttle: Throttle opening is 1/8 or below, and closed throttle position signal is trend OFF. Half throttle: opening is 4/8.

Stall Revolution
Engine QG13DE QG16DE QG18DE Stall revolution 2,100 - 2,550 2,200 - 2,650 2,300 - 2,700 rpm

NJAT0181

AX SU BR
NJAT0182

Line Pressure
Line pressure Engine Engine speed D, 2 and 1 positions Idle QG13DE Stall Idle QG16DE Stall Idle QG18DE Stall 1,165 (11.65, 11.88, 169) 1,118 (11.18, 11.40, 162) 500 (5.00, 5.1, 73) 1,132 (11.32, 11.55, 164) 500 (5.00, 5.1, 73) 500 (5.00, 5.1, 73) R position 778 (7.78, 7.94, 113) kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)

ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

1,761 (17.61, 17.96, 255) 778 (7.78, 7.94, 113) 1,740 (17.40, 17.75, 252) 778 (7.78, 7.94, 113) 1,813 (18.13, 18.49, 263)

AT-353

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Control Valves

Control Valves
CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG RETURN SPRINGS
No. 35 19 23 15 Upper body Refer to Control Valve Upper Body, AT-279. Parts 3-2 timing valve spring Cooler check valve spring Pilot valve spring 1-2 accumulator valve spring 3BX12, 3BX13 models 28 1-2 accumulator piston spring Except 3BX12, 3BX13 models Part No.* 31736-01X00 31742-3AX05 31742-3AX03 31742-3AX00 Free length 23.0 (0.906) 28.04 (1.1039) 38.98 (1.5346) 20.5 (0.807)

=NJAT0183 NJAT0183S01

Unit: mm (in)
Outer diameter 6.65 (0.2618) 7.15 (0.2815) 8.9 (0.350) 6.95 (0.2736)

31742-3AX08

55.26 (2.1756)

19.6 (0.772)

31742-3AX09

55.66 (2.1913)

19.5 (0.7677)

33 2 7 10 34 18 23 Lower body Refer to Control Valve Lower Body, AT-283. 27 29 2 11 7

1st reducing valve spring Overrun clutch reducing valve spring Torque converter relief valve spring Torque converter clutch control valve spring Shuttle valve spring Pressure regulator valve spring Overrun clutch control valve spring Accumulator control valve spring Shift valve A spring Shift valve B spring Pressure modifier piston spring Pressure modifier valve spring Oil cooler relief valve spring T/C pressure holding spring

31742-80X05 31742-80X06 31742-3AX04 31742-3AX02 31762-41X04 31742-80X13 31762-80X00 31742-80X02 31762-80X00 31762-80X00 31742-41X15 31742-80X16 31872-31X00 31742-3AX11

27.0 (1.063) 37.5 (1.476) 33.3 (1.3110) 53.01 (2.0870) 51.0 (2.0079) 45.0 (1.772) 21.7 (0.854) 22.0 (0.866) 21.7 (0.854) 21.7 (0.854) 30.5 (1.201) 32.0 (1.260) 17.02 (0.6701) 9.0 (0.354)

7.0 (0.276) 7.0 (0.276) 9.0 (0.354) 6.5 (0.256) 5.65 (0.2224) 15.0 (0.591) 7.0 (0.276) 6.5 (0.256) 7.0 (0.276) 7.0 (0.276) 9.8 (0.386) 6.9 (0.272) 8.0 (0.315) 7.3 (0.287)

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Clutch and Brakes


REVERSE CLUTCH
Number of drive plates Number of driven plates Standard Drive plate thickness mm (in) Allowable limit Standard Clearance mm (in) Allowable limit Thickness mm (in) 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 (0.173) (0.181) (0.189) (0.197) (0.205) 1.2 (0.047) Part number* 31537-31X00 31537-31X01 31537-31X02 31537-31X03 31537-31X04 1.8 (0.071) 0.5 - 0.8 (0.020 - 0.031) 2 2 2.0 (0.079)

NJAT0184 NJAT0184S01

Thickness of retaining plates

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

AT-354

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Clutch and Brakes (Contd)

HIGH CLUTCH
QG13DE + 3BX12, 3BX13 models
Number of drive plates Number of driven plates Standard Drive plate thickness mm (in) Allowable limit Standard Clearance mm (in) Allowable limit Thickness mm (in) 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8 6.0 (0.189) (0.197) (0.205) (0.213) (0.220) (0.228) (0.236) 2.4 (0.094) Part number* 31537-32X05 31537-32X06 31537-32X07 31537-32X08 31537-32X09 31537-32X10 31537-32X11 1.4 (0.055) 1.4 - 1.8 (0.055 - 0.071) 3 5 1.6 (0.063)

NJAT0184S02

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL

Thickness of retaining plates

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

QG16DE + 3BX10, 3BX11 models


Number of drive plates Number of driven plates Standard Drive plate thickness mm (in) Allowable limit Standard Clearance mm (in) Allowable limit Thickness mm (in) 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 (0.142) (0.150) (0.157) (0.165) (0.173) (0.181) (0.189) 2.4 (0.094) Part number* 31537-32X12 31537-32X00 31537-32X01 31537-32X02 31537-32X03 31537-32X04 31537-32X05 1.8 (0.071) 1.4 - 1.8 (0.055 - 0.071) 3 5 2.0 (0.079)

MT

AX SU BR ST RS

Thickness of retaining plate

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

QG18DE + 3BX00, 3BX09 models


Number of drive plates Number of driven plates Standard Drive plate thickness mm (in) Allowable limit Standard Clearance mm (in) Allowable limit Thickness mm (in) 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8 6.0 (0.189) (0.197) (0.205) (0.213) (0.220) (0.228) (0.236) 2.4 (0.094) Part number* 31537-32X05 31537-32X06 31537-32X07 31537-32X08 31537-32X09 31537-32X10 31537-32X11 1.4 (0.055) 1.4 - 1.8 (0.055 - 0.071) 3 5 1.6 (0.063)

BT HA SC EL IDX

Thickness of retaining plate

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

AT-355

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Clutch and Brakes (Contd)

FORWARD CLUTCH
Number of drive plates Number of driven plates Standard Drive plate thickness mm (in) Allowable limit Standard Clearance mm (in) Allowable limit Thickness mm (in) 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 (0.142) (0.150) (0.157) (0.165) (0.173) (0.181) 1.85 (0.0728) Part number* 31537-31X60 31537-31X61 31537-31X62 31537-31X63 31537-31X64 31537-31X65 1.6 (0.063) 0.45 - 0.85 (0.0177 - 0.0335) 5 5 1.8 (0.071)

NJAT0184S03

Thickness of retaining plate

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

OVERRUN CLUTCH
Number of drive plates Number of driven plates Standard Drive plate thickness mm (in) Allowable limit Standard Clearance mm (in) Allowable limit Thickness mm (in) 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 (0.142) (0.150) (0.157) (0.165) (0.173) 2.0 (0.079) Part number* 31567-31X79 31567-31X80 31567-31X81 31567-31X82 31567-31X83 1.4 (0.055) 1.0 - 1.4 (0.039 - 0.055) 3 4 1.6 (0.063)

NJAT0184S04

Thickness of retaining plate

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

LOW & REVERSE BRAKE


QG13DE + 3BX12, 3BX13 models
Number of drive plates Number of driven plates Standard Drive plate thickness mm (in) Allowable limit Standard Clearance mm (in) Allowable limit Thickness mm (in) 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 (0.142) (0.150) (0.157) (0.165) (0.173) (0.181) 2.8 (0.110) Part number* 31667-31X16 31667-31X17 31667-31X18 31667-31X19 31667-31X20 31667-31X21 1.8 (0.071) 1.4 - 1.8 (0.055 - 0.071) 4 3+1 2.0 (0.079)

NJAT0184S05

Thickness of retaining plate

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

AT-356

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Clutch and Brakes (Contd)

QG16DE + 3BX10, 3BX11 models/QG18DE + 3BX00, 3BX09 models


Number of drive plates Number of driven plates Standard Drive plate thickness mm (in) Allowable limit Standard Clearance mm (in) Allowable limit Thickness mm (in) 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 (0.142) (0.150) (0.157) (0.165) (0.173) (0.181) 2.8 (0.110) Part number* 31667-31X16 31667-31X17 31667-31X18 31667-31X19 31667-31X20 31667-31X21 1.8 (0.071) 1.4 - 1.8 (0.055 - 0.071) 5 4+1 2.0 (0.079)

GI MA EM LC EC FE
NJAT0184S06

Thickness of retaining plate

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

BRAKE BAND
Anchor end pin tightening torque Number of returning revolutions for anchor end pin Lock nut tightening torque 3.9 - 5.9 Nm (0.40 - 0.60 kg-m, 35 - 52 in-lb) 2.50.125 31 - 36 Nm (3.2 - 3.7 kg-m, 23 - 27 ft-lb)

CL MT

Clutch and Brake Return Springs


Parts Forward clutch (Overrun clutch) (16 pcs) Reverse clutch (16 pcs) High clutch (12 pcs) Low reverse brake (20 pcs) Free length 26.5 (1.043) 18.6 (0.732) 19.7 (0.776) 25.1 (0.988) Outer diameter 10.6 (0.417) 8.0 (0.315) 11.1 (0.437) 7.6 (0.299) Part number* 31505-31X05 31505-31X00 31505-31X01 31505-31X04

NJAT0185

Unit: mm (in)

AX SU BR ST
NJAT0186

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Oil Pump
Oil pump side clearance mm (in) 0.02 - 0.04 (0.0008 - 0.0016) Inner gear Thickness mm (in) 9.99 - 10.00 (0.3933 - 0.3937) 9.98 - 9.99 (0.3929 - 0.3933) 9.97 - 9.98 (0.3925 - 0.3929) Thickness of inner gears and outer gears Outer gear Thickness mm (in) 9.99 - 10.00 (0.3933 - 0.3937) 9.98 - 9.99 (0.3929 - 0.3933) 9.97 - 9.98 (0.3925 - 0.3929) Clearance between oil pump housing and outer gear mm (in) Oil pump cover seal ring clearance mm (in) Standard Allowable limit Standard Allowable limit Part number* 31347-31X00 31347-31X01 31347-31X02 Part number* 31346-31X00 31346-31X01 31346-31X02

RS BT HA SC EL IDX

0.08 - 0.15 (0.0031 - 0.0059) 0.15 (0.0059) 0.1 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098) 0.25 (0.0098)

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

AT-357

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Input Shaft

Input Shaft
Standard Input shaft seal ring clearance Allowable limit 0.23 (0.0091) 0.08 - 0.23 (0.0031 - 0.0091)

NJAT0187

Unit: mm (in)

Planetary Carrier
Clearance between planetary carrier and pinion washer Standard Allowable limit 0.15 - 0.70 (0.0059 - 0.0276) 0.80 (0.0315)

NJAT0188

Unit: mm (in)

Final Drive
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR CLEARANCE
Clearance between side gear and differential case with washer 0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in)

NJAT0189 NJAT0189S01

DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHERS QG13DE + 3BX12, 3BX13 models


Thickness mm (in) 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00 (0.0295 (0.0315 (0.0335 (0.0354 (0.0374 0.0315) 0.0335) 0.0354) 0.0374) 0.0394) Part number* 38424-31X00 38424-31X01 38424-31X02 38424-31X03 38424-31X04

NJAT0189S02 NJAT0189S0201

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

QG16DE + 3BX10, 3BX11 models/QG18DE + 3BX00, 3BX09 models


Thickness mm (in) 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00 (0.0295 (0.0315 (0.0335 (0.0354 (0.0374 0.0315) 0.0335) 0.0354) 0.0374) 0.0394) Part number* 38424-D2111 38424-D2112 38424-D2113 38424-D2114 38424-D2115

NJAT0189S0202

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

BEARING PRELOAD
Differential side bearing preload T 0.04 - 0.09 mm (0.0016 - 0.0035 in)

NJAT0189S03

TURNING TORQUE
Turning torque of final drive assembly 0.49 - 1.08 Nm (5.0 - 11.0 kg-cm, 4.3 - 9.5 in-lb)

NJAT0189S04

DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS QG13DE + 3BX12, 3BX13 models/QG16DE + 3BX10, 3BX11 models
Thickness mm (in) 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 (0.0157) (0.0173) (0.0189) (0.0205) (0.0220) (0.0236) (0.0252) (0.0268) Part number* 38454-M8001 38454-M8003 38454-M8005 38454-M8007 38454-M8009 38454-M8011 38454-M8013 38454-M8015

NJAT0189S05 NJAT0189S0501

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

AT-358

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Final Drive (Contd)

QG18DE + 3BX00, 3BX09 models


Thickness mm (in) 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 1.44 (0.0157) (0.0173) (0.0189) (0.0205) (0.0220) (0.0236) (0.0252) (0.0268) (0.0283) (0.0299) (0.0315) (0.0331) (0.0346) (0.0362) (0.0567) Part number* 31499-21X07 31499-21X08 31499-21X09 31499-21X10 31499-21X11 31499-21X12 31499-21X13 31499-21X14 31499-21X15 31499-21X16 31499-21X17 31499-21X18 31499-21X19 31499-21X20 31499-21X12

NJAT0189S0502

GI MA EM LC EC FE
NJAT0189S06

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

TABLE FOR SELECTING DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS


Dial indicator deflection 0.31 - 0.35 (0.0122 - 0.0138) 0.35 - 0.39 (0.0138 - 0.0154) 0.39 - 0.43 (0.0154 - 0.0169) 0.43 - 0.47 (0.0169 - 0.0185) 0.47 - 0.51 (0.0185 - 0.0201) 0.51 - 0.55 (0.0201 - 0.0217) 0.55 - 0.59 (0.0217 - 0.0232) 0.59 - 0.63 (0.0232 - 0.0248) 0.63 - 0.67 (0.0248 - 0.0264) 0.67 - 0.71 (0.0264 - 0.0280) 0.71 - 0.75 (0.0280 - 0.0295) 0.75 - 0.79 (0.0295 - 0.0311) 0.79 - 0.83 (0.0311 - 0.0327) 0.83 - 0.87 (0.0327 - 0.0343) 0.87 - 0.91 (0.0343 - 0.0358) 0.91 - 0.95 (0.0358 - 0.0374) 0.95 - 0.99 (0.0374 - 0.0390) 0.99 - 1.03 (0.0390 - 0.0406) 1.03 - 1.07 (0.0406 - 0.0421) 1.07 - 1.11 (0.0421 - 0.0437) 1.11 - 1.15 (0.0437 - 0.0453) 1.15 - 1.19 (0.0453 - 0.0469) 1.19 - 1.23 (0.0469 - 0.0484) 1.23 - 1.27 (0.0484 - 0.0500) 1.27 - 1.31 (0.0500 - 0.0516) 1.31 - 1.35 (0.0516 - 0.0531) 1.35 - 1.39 (0.0531 - 0.0547) 1.39 - 1.43 (0.0547 - 0.0563) 1.43 - 1.47 (0.0563 - 0.0579) 1.47 - 1.51 (0.0579 - 0.0594) 1.51 - 1.55 (0.0594 - 0.0610) 1.55 - 1.59 (0.0610 - 0.0626) 1.59 - 1.63 (0.0626 - 0.0642) 1.63 - 1.67 (0.0642 - 0.0657) 1.67 - 1.71 (0.0657 - 0.0673) 1.71 - 1.75 (0.0673 - 0.0689) 1.75 - 1.79 (0.0689 - 0.0705) 1.79 - 1.83 (0.0705 - 0.0720) 1.83 - 1.87 (0.0720 - 0.0736) 1.87 - 1.91 (0.0736 - 0.0752) 1.91 - 1.95 (0.0752 - 0.0768) Suitable shim(s) 0.40 (0.0157) 0.44 (0.0173) 0.48 (0.0189) 0.52 (0.0205) 0.56 (0.0220) 0.60 (0.0236) 0.64 (0.0252) 0.68 (0.0268) 0.72 (0.0283) 0.76 (0.0299) 0.80 (0.0315) 0.84 (0.0331) 0.88 (0.0346) 0.92 (0.0362) (0.0189) + 0.48 (0.0189) (0.0189) + 0.52 (0.0205) (0.0205) + 0.52 (0.0205) (0.0205) + 0.56 (0.0220) (0.0220) + 0.56 (0.0220) (0.0220) + 0.60 (0.0236) (0.0236) + 0.60 (0.0236) (0.0236) + 0.64 (0.0252) (0.0252) + 0.64 (0.0252) (0.0252) + 0.68 (0.0268) (0.0268) + 0.68 (0.0268) (0.0268) + 0.72 (0.0283) 1.44 (0.0567) (0.0283) + 0.76 (0.0299) (0.0299) + 0.76 (0.0299) (0.0299) + 0.80 (0.0315) (0.0315) + 0.80 (0.0315) (0.0315) + 0.84 (0.0331) (0.0331) + 0.84 (0.0331) (0.0331) + 0.88 (0.0346) (0.0346) + 0.88 (0.0346) (0.0346) + 0.92 (0.0362) (0.0362) + 0.92 (0.0362) (0.0362) + 0.96 (0.0378) (0.0378) + 0.96 (0.0378) (0.0205) + 1.44 (0.0567) (0.0220) + 1.44 (0.0567)

Unit: mm (in)

CL MT

AX SU BR ST RS BT HA SC EL IDX

0.48 0.48 0.52 0.52 0.56 0.56 0.60 0.60 0.64 0.64 0.68 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.76 0.80 0.80 0.84 0.84 0.88 0.88 0.92 0.92 0.96 0.52 0.56

AT-359

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Reduction Pinion Gear

Reduction Pinion Gear


BEARING PRELOAD
Reduction pinion gear bearing preload 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)

NJAT0190 NJAT0190S01

TURNING TORQUE
Turning torque of reduction pinion gear 0.1 - 0.69 Nm (1.1 - 7.0 kg-cm, 0.95 - 6.08 in-lb)

NJAT0190S02

REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS


Thickness mm (in) 1.74 (0.0685) 1.78 (0.0701) 1.82 (0.0717) 1.86 (0.0732) 1.90 (0.0748) 1.92 (0.0756) 1.94 (0.0764) 1.96 (0.0772) 1.98 (0.0780) 2.00 (0.0787) 2.02 (0.0795) 2.04 (0.0803) 2.06 (0.0811) 2.08 (0.0819) 2.10 (0.0827) 2.12 (0.0835) 2.14 (0.0843) 2.16 (0.0850) 2.18 (0.0858) 2.20 (0.0866) 2.22 (0.0874) 2.24 (0.0882) 2.26 (0.0890) 2.28 (0.0898) 2.30 (0.0906) 2.34 (0.0921) 2.38 (0.0937) 2.42 (0.0953) 2.46 (0.0969) 2.50 (0.0984) 2.54 (0.1000) 2.58 (0.1016) 2.62 (0.1031) 2.66 (0.1047) Part number* 31438-31X16 31438-31X17 31438-31X18 31438-31X19 31438-31X20 31439-31X60 31438-31X21 31439-31X61 31438-31X22 31439-31X62 31438-31X23 31439-31X63 31438-31X24 31439-31X64 31438-31X60 31439-31X65 31438-31X61 31439-31X66 31438-31X62 31439-31X67 31438-31X63 31439-31X68 31438-31X64 31439-31X69 31438-31X65 31438-31X66 31438-31X67 31438-31X68 31438-31X69 31438-31X70 31438-31X71 31438-31X72 31438-31X73 31438-31X74

NJAT0190S03

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

AT-360

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Reduction Pinion Gear (Contd)

TABLE FOR SELECTING REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM


Dimension T 1.77 - 1.81 (0.0697 - 0.0713) 1.81 - 1.85 (0.0713 - 0.0728) 1.85 - 1.89 (0.0728 - 0.0744) 1.89 - 1.93 (0.0744 - 0.0760) 1.93 - 1.96 (0.0760 - 0.0772) 1.96 - 1.98 (0.0772 - 0.0780) 1.98 - 2.00 (0.0780 - 0.0787) 2.00 - 2.02 (0.0787 - 0.0795) 2.02 - 2.04 (0.0795 - 0.0803) 2.04 - 2.06 (0.0803 - 0.0811) 2.06 - 2.08 (0.0811 - 0.0819) 2.08 - 2.10 (0.0819 - 0.0827) 2.10 - 2.12 (0.0827 - 0.0835) 2.12 - 2.14 (0.0835 - 0.0843) 2.14 - 2.16 (0.0843 - 0.0850) 2.16 - 2.18 (0.0850 - 0.0858) 2.18 - 2.20 (0.0858 - 0.0866) 2.20 - 2.22 (0.0866 - 0.0874) 2.22 - 2.24 (0.0874 - 0.0888) 2.24 - 2.26 (0.0882 - 0.0890) 2.26 - 2.28 (0.0890 - 0.0898) 2.28 - 2.30 (0.0898 - 0.0906) 2.30 - 2.32 (0.0906 - 0.0913) 2.32 - 2.34 (0.0913 - 0.0921) 2.34 - 2.37 (0.0921 - 0.0933) 2.37 - 2.41 (0.0933 - 0.0949) 2.41 - 2.45 (0.0949 - 0.0965) 2.45 - 2.49 (0.0965 - 0.0980) 2.49 - 2.53 (0.0980 - 0.0996) 2.53 - 2.57 (0.0996 - 0.1012) 2.57 - 2.61 (0.1012 - 0.1028) 2.61 - 2.65 (0.1028 - 0.1043) 2.65 - 2.69 (0.1043 - 0.1059) 2.69 - 2.73 (0.1059 - 0.1075) Suitable shim(s) 1.74 (0.0685) 1.78 (0.0701) 1.82 (0.0717) 1.86 (0.0732) 1.90 (0.0748) 1.92 (0.0756) 1.94 (0.0764) 1.96 (0.0772) 1.98 (0.0780) 2.00 (0.0787) 2.02 (0.0795) 2.04 (0.0803) 2.06 (0.0811) 2.08 (0.0819) 2.10 (0.0827) 2.12 (0.0835) 2.14 (0.0843) 2.16 (0.0850) 2.18 (0.0858) 2.20 (0.0866) 2.22 (0.0874) 2.24 (0.0882) 2.26 (0.0890) 2.28 (0.0898) 2.30 (0.0906) 2.34 (0.0921) 2.38 (0.0937) 2.42 (0.0953) 2.46 (0.0969) 2.50 (0.0984) 2.54 (0.1000) 2.58 (0.1016) 2.62 (0.1031) 2.66 (0.1047)

NJAT0190S04

Unit: mm (in)

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU BR
NJAT0238 NJAT0238S01

Output Shaft Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models


SEAL RING CLEARANCE
Standard Output shaft seal ring clearance Allowable limit 0.25 (0.0098) 0.10 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)

Unit: mm (in)

ST RS

BEARING PRELOAD
Output shaft bearing preload 0.03 - 0.08 mm (0.0012 - 0.0031 in)

NJAT0238S02

BT HA SC EL IDX

TURNING TORQUE
Turning torque of output shaft 0.25 - 0.88 Nm (2.5 - 9.0 kg-cm, 2.2 - 7.8 in-lb)

NJAT0238S03

AT-361

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Output Shaft Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models (Contd)

OUTPUT SHAFT BEARING ADJUSTING SPACERS


Thickness mm (in) 6.26 (0.2465) 6.30 (0.2480) 6.34 (0.2496) 6.38 (0.2512) 6.42 (0.2528) 6.46 (0.2543) 6.50 (0.2559) 6.54 (0.2575) 6.58 (0.2591) 6.62 (0.2606) 6.64 (0.2614) 6.66 (0.2622) 6.68 (0.2630) 6.70 (0.2638) 6.72 (0.2646) 6.74 (0.2654) 6.76 (0.2661) 6.78 (0.2669) 6.80 (0.2677) 6.82 (0.2685) 6.84 (0.2693) 6.86 (0.2701) 6.88 (0.2709) 6.90 (0.2717) 6.92 (0.2724) 6.94 (0.2732) 6.96 (0.2740) 6.98 (0.2748) 7.00 (0.2756) 7.02 (0.2764) 7.06 (0.2780) 7.10 (0.2795) 7.14 (0.2811) 7.18 (0.2827) 7.22 (0.2843) Part number* 31437-31X16 31437-31X17 31437-31X18 31437-31X19 31437-31X20 31437-31X21 31437-31X22 31437-31X23 31437-31X24 31437-31X60 31437-31X78 31437-31X61 31437-31X79 31437-31X62 31437-31X80 31437-31X63 31437-31X81 31437-31X64 31437-31X82 31437-31X65 31437-31X83 31437-31X66 31437-31X84 31437-31X67 31437-31X46 31437-31X68 31437-31X47 31437-31X69 31437-31X48 31437-31X70 31437-31X71 31437-31X72 31437-31X73 31437-31X74 31437-31X75

NJAT0238S04

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

AT-362

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Output Shaft Except 3BX00 and 3BX09 models (Contd)

TABLE FOR SELECTING OUTPUT SHAFT BEARING ADJUSTING SPACER


Dimension T 6.29 6.33 6.37 6.41 6.45 6.49 6.53 6.57 6.61 6.65 6.68 6.70 6.72 6.74 6.76 6.78 6.80 6.82 6.84 6.86 6.88 6.90 6.92 6.94 6.96 6.98 7.00 7.02 7.04 7.06 7.09 7.13 7.17 7.21 7.25 6.33 6.37 6.41 6.45 6.49 6.53 6.57 6.61 6.65 6.68 6.70 6.72 6.74 6.76 6.78 6.80 6.82 6.84 6.86 6.88 6.90 6.92 6.94 6.96 6.98 7.00 7.02 7.04 7.06 7.09 7.13 7.17 7.21 7.25 7.29 (0.2476 (0.2492 (0.2508 (0.2524 (0.2539 (0.2555 (0.2571 (0.2587 (0.2602 (0.2618 (0.2630 (0.2638 (0.2646 (0.2654 (0.2661 (0.2669 (0.2677 (0.2685 (0.2693 (0.2701 (0.2709 (0.2717 (0.2724 (0.2732 (0.2740 (0.2748 (0.2756 (0.2764 (0.2772 (0.2780 (0.2791 (0.2807 (0.2823 (0.2839 (0.2854 0.2492) 0.2508) 0.2524) 0.2539) 0.2555) 0.2571) 0.2587) 0.2602) 0.2618) 0.2630) 0.2638) 0.2646) 0.2654) 0.2661) 0.2669) 0.2677) 0.2685) 0.2693) 0.2701) 0.2709) 0.2717) 0.2724) 0.2732) 0.2740) 0.2748) 0.2756) 0.2764) 0.2772) 0.2780) 0.2791) 0.2807) 0.2823) 0.2839) 0.2854) 0.2870) Suitable spacer 6.26 (0.2465) 6.30 (0.2480) 6.34 (0.2496) 6.38 (0.2512) 6.42 (0.2528) 6.46 (0.2543) 6.50 (0.2559) 6.54 (0.2575) 6.58 (0.2591) 6.62 (0.2606) 6.64 (0.2614) 6.66 (0.2622) 6.68 (0.2630) 6.70 (0.2638) 6.72 (0.2646) 6.74 (0.2654) 6.76 (0.2661) 6.78 (0.2669) 6.80 (0.2677) 6.82 (0.2685) 6.84 (0.2693) 6.86 (0.2701) 6.88 (0.2707) 6.90 (0.2717) 6.92 (0.2724) 6.94 (0.2732) 6.96 (0.2790) 6.98 (0.2748) 7.00 (0.2756) 7.02 (0.2764) 7.06 (0.2780) 7.10 (0.2795) 7.14 (0.2811) 7.18 (0.2827) 7.22 (0.2843)

NJAT0238S05

Unit: mm (in)

GI MA EM LC EC FE CL MT

AX SU
NJAT0191 NJAT0191S01

Output Shaft 3BX00 and 3BX09 models


SEAL RING CLEARANCE
Standard Output shaft seal ring clearance Allowable limit 0.25 (0.0098) 0.10 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)

BR ST RS

Unit: mm (in)

END PLAY
Output shaft end play 0 - 0.5 mm (0 - 0.020 in)

NJAT0191S02

BT
NJAT0191S03

OUTPUT SHAFT END PLAY ADJUSTING SHIMS


Thickness mm (in) 0.56 (0.0220) 0.96 (0.0378) 1.36 (0.0535) Part number* 31438-31X46 31438-31X47 31438-31X48

HA SC EL IDX

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

AT-363

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Bearing Retainer

Bearing Retainer
SEAL RING CLEARANCE
Standard Bearing retainer seal ring clearance Allowable limit 0.25 (0.0098) 0.10 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)

=NJAT0192 NJAT0192S01

Unit: mm (in)

Total End Play


Total end play T3 0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in)

NJAT0193

BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY


Thickness mm (in) 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 (0.024) (0.031) (0.039) (0.047) (0.055) (0.063) (0.071) (0.079) Part number* 31435-31X01 31435-31X02 31435-31X03 31435-31X04 31435-31X05 31435-31X06 31435-31X07 31435-31X08

NJAT0193S01

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Reverse Clutch End Play


Reverse clutch end play T4 0.65 - 1.00 mm (0.0256 - 0.0394 in)

NJAT0194

THRUST WASHERS FOR ADJUSTING REVERSE CLUTCH END PLAY


Thickness mm (in) 0.65 0.80 0.95 1.10 1.25 1.40 (0.0256) (0.0315) (0.0374) (0.0433) (0.0492) (0.0551) Part number* 31508-31X10 31508-31X11 31508-31X12 31508-31X13 31508-31X14 31508-31X15

NJAT0194S01

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Accumulator
O-RING
Accumulator Servo release accumulator N-D accumulator Diameter (Small) 26.9 (1.059) 34.6 (1.362) Part number* 31526-41X03 31526-31X08 Diameter (Large) 44.2 (1.740) 39.4 (1.551)

NJAT0195 NJAT0195S01

Unit: mm (in)
Part number* 31526-41X02 31672-21X00

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

RETURN SPRING
Accumulator QG18DE + 3BX00, 3BX09 models Servo release accumulator spring Except QG18DE + 3BX00, 3BX09 models QG18DE + 3BX00, 3BX09 models N-D accumulator spring Except QG18DE + 3BX00, 3BX09 models Free length 52.5 (2.067) 52.5 (2.067) 45.0 (1.772) 45.0 (1.772) Outer diameter 20.1 (0.791) 20.4 (0.803) 27.6 (1.087) 28.0 (1.102)

NJAT0195S02

Unit: mm (in)
Part number* 31605-80X00 31605-80X03 31605-33X01 31605-85X02

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

AT-364

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Band Servo

Band Servo
RETURN SPRING
Return spring 2nd servo return spring OD servo return spring Free length 32.5 (1.280) 38.52 (1.5165) Outer diameter 25.9 (1.020) 22.0 (0.866) Part number* 31605-31X20 31605-31X21

NJAT0196 NJAT0196S01

Unit: mm (in)

GI MA EM

*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Removal and Installation


Distance between end of converter housing and torque converter 15.9 (0.626) or more

NJAT0197

Unit: mm (in)

LC EC

Shift Solenoid Valves


Gear 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Solenoid A ON OFF OFF ON Solenoid B ON ON OFF OFF

NJAT0223

FE CL MT
NJAT0224

Solenoid Valves
Solenoid valve Shift solenoid A Shift solenoid B Ovr. clutch sol. Line pres. sol. T/conv. clutch sol. Resistance (Approx.) 20 - 30 5 - 20 20 - 30 2.5 - 5 5 - 20 Terminal number 2 1 3 4 5

AX SU BR
NJAT0225

A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor


Monitor item Temperature Cold [20C (68F)] " Hot [80C (176F)] 1.5V " 0.5V Specificaiton (Approximately) 2.5 k " 0.3 k

ST RS BT HA

A/T fluid temperature sensor

Revolution Sensor
Condition When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function.*1 CAUTION: Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the vehicle diagnosis connector. *1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this item. When vehicle parks. Judgement standard

NJAT0226

Approximately 150 Hz

SC
Under 1.3V or over 4.5V

EL
NJAT0227

Dropping Resistor
Resistance 10 - 15

IDX

AT-365

NOTES

Potrebbero piacerti anche